DevOlogy 11:05
THE PRAYER OF THE GENTLE WARRIOR
The Gentle Warrior, with himself he is at Peace.
The Gentle Warrior, with his world he is at Ease.
The Gentle Warrior is in Bliss.
The Gentle Warrior is above all This.
Day 1 The Master always forgives.
Day 2 The Master loves everyone.
Day 3 The Master loves unconditionally.
Day 4 The Master does not judge no matter what views, beliefs or opinions anyone holds.
Day 5 The Master does not judge even those who wrong him.
Day 6 The Master does not discriminate anyone in anyway.
Day 7 The Master does not discriminate based on your outer appearance, your race, color, creed, race or religion.
Day 8 The Master lets it go and moves on, no matter what happens, or what one says or does to him.
Day 9 The Master never holds any grudge, resentment or hate towards anyone no matter how they wrong him.
Day 10 The Master does not take any experience with the outside world personally. It is just an (another) experience to him.
Day 11 The Master teaches out of love, never to preach to enforce.
Day 12 The Master tolerates all, and everyone.
Day 13 The Master is always kind and gentle.
Day 14 The Master is always soft spoken even in the event of injustice, unfairness, rudeness, retaliation, accusations, discrimination, or being wronged.
Day 15 The Master observes silence at all times, to listen more and speak less.
Day 16 The Master uses the least amount of words to make a point.
Day 17 The Master is grateful to everything, everyone, all the time.
Day 18 The Master forgives and forgets all the bad you do.
Day 19 The Master forever keeps upper most in his mind any one time you did good.
Day 20 The Master treats everyone equal, friend or foe, enemy or friend.
Day 21 The Master hates no one, even if he cannot be sure that no one hates him.
Day 22 The Master trusts everyone, every single time, even if they have failed him, betrayed him, hurt him or wronged him.
Day 23 The Master does not blame, complain or explain.
Day 24 The Master does not justify or argue no matter how tempted he might be.
Day 25 The Master never raises his voice even in a disagreement.
Day 26 The Master would always back off or avoid a fight, even if he is right.
Day 27 The Master never loses his equanimity and poise.
Day 28 The Master is ever elegant, kind, gentle and soft spoken.
Day 29 The Master never allows anyone to disturb or disrupt his peace of mind.
Day 30 The Master knows all, and yet says nothing.
Note:
Your 30 days with the Master
Make this your 30 days walk with the Master, one step a day.
Each day live in the philosophy of the day. Your life will forever be transformed. Walk in the steps of the Master, and may you transcend from Student to Master yourself.

1. Be careful who you call Master.
You will download her Definitions. Her wrong values will become your right beliefs.
2. Watch the Actions of your Master.
Be careful of the Actions of your Master, least she tries to sell you, justify to you and convince you why it is OK with what she does, even if it defies all logic and rationale.
3. Beware of the Master who does not forgive when she has been wronged.
You will inherit her hate, pain and resentment.
4. Watch your Master how she teaches.
Watch that your Master teaches unconditionally, for there is no other way.
5. Never get caught up in the Master’s battles. Let her fight her own.
Beware that your Master does not incite you against her Master, due to their differences in the past.
6. Never fall for your Master’s ‘poor me’ sales pitch.
Watch that your Master is not brainwashing you towards her own personal agenda by making you feel guilty that you are ungrateful if you don’t.
7. Never underestimate your Master just because she does not reprimand you.
The Enlightened Master knows all that the student is doing and yet remains an oblivious fool in the eyes of the student.
THE LOWEST POINTS IN HUMAN HISTORY MUST BE THOSE WHEN THE STUDENT STABED HIS OBLIVIOUS MASTER WHO WAS BLINDED BY THE VERY LIGHT HE WAS GIVING THAT STUDENT. – Dev
THE LOWEST POINT IN THE PROGRESS OF HUMAN CIVILIZATION IS WHEN THE STUDENT STABS THE MASTER IN THE BACK WHEN THE MASTER IS UNAWARE, COS HE IS TOO BUSY GIVING LIGHT TO THAT STUDENT. – Dev
In Part 1 (please see
http://devology.wordpress.com/2010/09/12/part-1-what-kids-did-not-and-will-not-ever-learn-in-school/),
Bill Gates gave us a mind-boggling insight into the priceless wisdom of his Rules 1-5. In this Part 2 we shall explore the remaining Rules.
Everyone is in search of the secrets to success, but however unwilling to listen to the most successful man alive. It is ironic, but true.
So you, reader of this Blog, I beg of you to pay special heed to what Bill Gates is saying. It makes logical sense for me to assume that he has found the secret to success because he has more money than you, your parents and all your teachers put together.
So I very boldly say to you, on becoming a success, STOP LISTENING TO YOUR POOR PARENTS, YOUR BROKE TEACHERS AND YOUR PATHETIC DEAD END JOB FRIENDS. IF YOU KNOW WHAT IS GOOD FOR YOU, START LISTENING TO BILL GATES!!!
Why might you ask, am I suggesting that. Well, look at it this way…kids are a by-product of the environment to which they are exposed to on a daily basis. As kids, the reasoning faculty is yet undeveloped. All in-coming sensory data is processed deductively. This means that all information picked up from their environment can only be accepted, and cannot be rejected by their Unconscious Mind.
The million dollar questions to ask are:
What were you exposed to on an ongoing basis while you were growing up?
What are you continuously being exposed to on a daily basis every single day of your adult life?
Who and what are the major influencers in your life right now?
Who are the people that you spend the bulk of your time with everyday?
While you were growing up, the two major influences in your young life were your parents and your teachers. Research shows that 85% of parents are negative and 75% of teachers are negative. Hahahaha!!! Looks like you ran into a massive brick wall even before you moved into the first gear of your life!
Research on kids states that by age 18, a child will hear the word ‘No’, 140,000 times. Now you know why you naturally think that you can’t do something, even before you try! You are basically screwed even before the word ‘go’! You already assume that you cant, even before you attempt.
“Son, is there anything you want in life?”….No! (…isn’t life supposed to give me everything I want?)
“Would you like to volunteer?”…NO! (…I’d rather if someone else stole the limelight that I crave for!).
“Would you like to try something new?”…No! (…I prefer to suffer in total boredom doing the same old pointless stuff!).
“You fancy that pretty girl, why don’t you walk up to her and tell her that you are interested in her?”….NO! (…I rather suffer in silence…and suffer even more when one day I see her holding hands with a brainless moron!)
Every single day, a child receives 460 negative statements and only 75 positive statements. And you wonder why you feel like jumping off the 88th floor of the Twin Towers every Monday the last 17 years!!!
The number one ‘dis-ease’ inflicting almost every child today is inferiority complex. This is a feeling of deep self-doubt, lack of self confidence and extremely low self esteem in oneself.
Going by statistics, parents and teachers seem like the biggest culprits. Look, I am not saying this, but the data sure looks to me like it’s pointing in that direction. Blame it on the data!
Yes its true, not all parents and teachers are negative…only 75% and 85% of them respectively!!! Hahhaha!!! Fooled you!
I love what the then incoming President of the United States stated in a speech on his education policy.
“The need for good teachers deserves emphasis. Recent studies show that the single most important factor in determining a student’s achievement isn’t WHO THE STUDENT IS…….IT IS WHO THE TEACHER IS”. – President Obama.
I rest my case!
With that settled, lets look to Bill Gates for more pearls of wisdom, which might be the only way out for most of us who have already been indoctrinated (read, programmed for self destruction) by our parents, teachers and our environment.
Reject Bill Gates formula, live by your parents and teachers formula…and join the ranks of the billions who live meaningless, empty, pathetic and directionless lives, forever condemned to a ‘lifeless existence’.
Those about to fall into the timeless trap of following the formula of your parents and teaches, take a real close look at their lives. That is exactly the kind of ‘pathetic’ life that awaits you in the not too distant future. I wish you good luck in advance!
If you mess up, it’s not your parents’ fault, so don’t whine about your mistakes, learn from them.
Rule 6: DevLook, your parents can’t possibly teach you what they don’t themselves know.
Not withstanding, they have given you the very best that they could. Sure, their best may not have been good enough. Nevertheless, they gave you everything possible.
If you blame your parents, then you will arrive at the exact station in life as they have. In short, the station in life of your parents that you so despise, that will be your very station one day.
If you think it’s your parents’ fault and you are waiting for them to correct it, then you are in for a very long wait. While your parents are waiting for the ‘Guru’ to come down from his mountain-top to give them the enlightenment that you feel they need, they are going to continue acting in ‘darkness’. Until the day of their enlightenment arrives, you are doomed to a life of misery, pain, despair, doom and gloom. And, by the way, due to your ignorance and arrogance, you truly deserve it!
Allow me to offer you an alternate way of changing your life forever…
To have the life you truly want, this is what you need to do:
i. STEP 1 TAKE TOTAL RESPONSIBILITY
I am the only problem I will ever have, and I am the only solution. – Raymond Douglas Stanford -
This first step is the most difficult of the entire 10 Step Dream Manifestation Process; that is to take total responsibility for the results, conditions and situations in your life right now and be willing to say to yourself, ‘I AM RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL MY THOUGHTS, ALL MY FEELINGS, ALL MY ACTIONS AND EVERY RESULT IN MY LIFE.’
Yes I know you are saying to yourself that it’s not your fault that your life is in a total mess. You can immediately come up with a million reasons, countless people to blame and the limitless conditions you encountered that have contributed to your current state of affairs. Strangely enough, not a single one of them includes you as the primary cause.
Ya, sure, tell it to my cow!
I am saying to you, if other people, the environment and conditions outside of you are responsible for the way your life is right now, then; there is nothing you can do to change that. In English that means, you are forever screwed!
Yes I know, it is very difficult to accept the fact that you, and only you are the cause of all that is now showing up in your life. However, if you are willing to take responsibility for the way your life is, than you have the power to change it to the way you really want your life to be.
State the Change process by saying to yourself ten times, “For things to Change, I must change FIRST.”
ii. STEP 2 DECIDE
It is in your moments of Decisions that your Destiny is shaped. – Tony Robbins -
Decide how you want your life to look like 5… 10… 20… years from today?
By having an overview of how you would like your life to unfold, you are able to work backwards right up to today and plant those seeds now.
By doing so, you are in essence predicting all your future outcomes by choice. Any decision you make today will determine what shows up in your future. So, you must carefully decide what seeds you wish to plant right now.
I want you to imagine making a decision right now about a single area of your life; in your financial life, for instance. If all things were possible, how much would you like to be earning 10 years from today?
Lets say, you are now earning exactly that amount. How different would your life be? What kind of lifestyle would you be enjoying? How would you feel about that? Ask yourself, was it worth doing whatever you did the last 10 years to enjoy this level of success?
iii. STEP 3 WHAT IS IMPORTANT TO ME
Things which matter most, must never be at the mercy of things which matter least. - Goethe -
Write down all the things that are important to you right now. Make a list of whatever you think and feel is important in your life right now. Then divide the list of your items into the 8 areas of your life.
The 8 areas of life are Spiritual Life, Intellectual/ Mental Life, Emotional Life, Physical Life, Career Life, Financial Life, Community/ Social Life and Family Life. Make sure you have at least 10 entries under each area of your life. Of course; the more the better. Next, rearrange them in order of priority in every area of life.
Then make a similar list of all the things that would be important to you at age 80.
I would like you to then review both lists and see how they compare with each other? How many items under each area of life are similar? How have the priorities of these items changed over time? Note what features prominently in your lists at the present and when you are 80. That should give you some clues as to what you deem important in your life.
The final step is to ask yourself, at age 80, what is the single most important entry in each area of your life? The fulfillment of this single item would be the most meaningful for you. Now, I want you to set the achievement of that item as the most important Goal in the respective areas of your life.
In doing that, you would be planting the seed of the fruit you wish to harvest at 80.
iv. STEP 4 WRITE A GOAL
The first Goal in life is to have a Goal. - Dev -
If you do not as yet have a Goal, I suggest that be the very first thing that you do. So, what then is a Goal? Well, simply a Dream with a dateline.
If you already have a Goal, I would then ask you to review Step 3 to determine what would ultimately be the single most significant Goal for you. Is there a consistency between what you wrote as your most important Goal for 2010 with that at age 80? That should give you a clue as to what Goal you should be writing under Step 4.
Once you have made a decision on the Goal, write a Goal Statement of the single most important (short term) Goal that you want to achieve by 31st December 2010.
The next step would be to write a Goal Description of the aforesaid Goal.
Let me give you a little tip on the difference between a Goal Statement and a Goal Description.
Once you have decided on the Goal that you wish to achieve, you need to state it in a single sentence.
An example of a Financial Goal Statement would be as follows:
I (name) am so Happy and Grateful now that I earn RMxxxx and more per month as of 31st December 2010 providing outstanding service as a Life Coach to all my clients.
A Goal Description is simply a detailed description of the Goal. Here is where you include as many details as possible so as to get absolute clarity of your Goal.
In short, the Goal Statement is a summary of the Goal Description. Conversely, the Goal Description is just an elaboration of the Goal Statement.
v. STEP 5 ACTION PLAN
People with Plans without Actions are Delusional. – Dev -
Write an Action Plan as to what you need to do to make this Goal happen.
You can construct an easy to use but highly functional plan of action on just one sheet of paper.
Step 1: My Dream
On a clean sheet of A4 paper, right at the top write the word MY DREAM and write down whatever your dream is.
For example; To leave a legacy
Step 2: My Goal(s)
Next, below that write down the Goal(s) that you need to reach so that you can leave a legacy.
In certain instances there could be only one Goal, while at other times there could be a number of small Goals that need to be reached for the actualization of the Dream.
If there are a number of Goals that need to be reached, the Goals could either be related Goals or totally independent Goals, but all lead to the fulfillment of the Dream.
The reaching of all these Goals would culminate in you leaving a legacy. The Dream is therefore a direct outcome of your having reached all the Goals. So, in essence; there is nothing that you actually need to do under the ‘My Dream’ column. It is a consequence of you having reached all your Goals.
For example;
Goal 1: Professional Speaker
Goal 2: Dedicate my life to serving the needs of single
mothers
Goal 3: Create a program that helps single mothers cope
with the emotional and financial burden of their day to day living
Goal 4: Win the Noble Prize
Step 3: Steps
The next step is to have a number of Steps under each Goal. These are the steps that must be taken for each Goal to be reached.
Some Goals might have a number of steps and certain Goals might only have a single Step.
Ask yourself; “For this Goal to be reached, what immediate or initial Step(s) do I need to take?”
For example;
Goal 1: Professional Speaker
Steps:
i. Learn Public Speaking
ii. Work with a Professional Speaker as an understudy
iii. Offer free talks (as part of my training)
iv. Create a Blog to promote myself
v. Promote myself on FB…etc….
Step 4: Tasks
Now, under each Step (from Step 3), enter a number of Tasks that might be required for a single Step to be completed.
As in the earlier Step 3, different Steps might require a different number of Tasks. Certain Steps may only have a single Task, however other Steps might need the fulfillment of a number of Tasks to complete a single Step.
For example;
Goal 1: Professional Speaker
Step: Learn Public Speaking
Tasks:
i. Seek out the different public speaking courses in the market
ii. Make further enquiries on the selected course
iii. Register for the course
iv. Attend the course
v. Join the Toastmasters for continuing practice
Step 5: Datelines
The last step of the 5 Step process is to add a Dateline to every entry on your sheet. There should be Datelines for all the Tasks, for every Step and for the Goal.
If there is dateline for the Dream, then add that too. For certain type of Dreams there might be no Dateline as it could be a life long pursuit and might be your Life Work which you will choose to do till the last days of your life. If that is the case, just state the word ‘Life-time’ next to your Dream, indicating that this Dream will outlive you (and your cause might be continued by others after you are gone).
For example;
Dream: Leave a Legacy DL: Life-Time
Goal 1: Professional Speaker DL: 31 December 2012
Step 1: Learn Public Speaking DL: December 2011
Tasks: i. Seek out the different public speaking courses in
the market DL: 28 Jan 2011
ii. Make further enquiries on the selected course DL: 7 Feb 2011
iii. Register for the course DL: March 2011
iv. Attend the course DL: April 2011
v. Join the Toastmasters for continuing practice DL: May 2011
Each time you complete a single part of your plan, place a big red V against it, a mark of VICTORY.
Review this plan at regular intervals to ensure you are on track. If you miss any dateline, review all other datelines and reassign new datelines.
To ensure the successful arrival at your Dream, all you need to do is to complete each Task, each Step and each Goal based on the Datelines assigned.
Place this single piece of paper at a place in your room or office where you can easily see it.
With this simple Plan Of Action, you do not require anyone to check on you, monitor you or enforce it on you. All you need to do is to follow the step-by-step actions with the datelines next to them, onto the next action Step that needs to be taken.
So long as you complete each Step you will arrive at the completion of the entire plan, hence your success.
vi. STEP 6 RESOURCES
All the resources we need are possessed by someone. We just need to reach them. - Dev -
Make a list of all the Resources and assistance you might need to achieve this Goal. Don’t be ashamed, nor be too egotistical to seek and ask for help. All successful people do it all the time.
There are two main types of Resources that you might require. The first is Physical Resources and the second is Mental/ Intellectual Resources. My experience of having coached thousands of people over the last 18 years, has proved to me that if you can first sort out the Mental Resources, most of the Physical Resources will get resolved.
The Mental resources also govern a great number of the Emotional Resources that you might require during your journey of reaching your Goal.
Once you overcome your Mental Resources, you will always find a way to fulfill, find, source out or locate assistance to resolve any and every Physical Resource.
Among the more important Physical Resources that you might require are People, Contacts, Money, Time and Energy.
The key Mental resources comprise of Ideas, Expertise, Emotional Support and Mindset. Let me state here that the first Mental Resource you must sort out is your Mindset. It forms the foundation for handling all your other Mental Resources and will greatly govern your Emotional Resources.
To help you take a stock check of what is already at your disposal and what you need to source out, take a sheet of paper and draw a line through the centre dividing the page into two halves. On each half of this sheet state all the Mental and the Physical Resources that you might require for this project.
Running down your list, now tick all those Resources that you already have. Underline all the remaining Resources that you will need but you do not yet have. Now, next to this list, write where, who and how you might get these much-needed Resources. As in the earlier step, place a dateline against each of these entries, plus the name of the person (if any) you might need to contact for the acquisition of these Resources.
Next, simply start contacting them.
vii. STEP 7 ROLE MODEL
Modelling success recreates success. - Dev -
Have a Role Model that you can Model against. This is one of the easiest way to acquire success.
Success leaves clues. All those who acquire success ‘do certain things, and they do them in a certain way.’ All you need to do to duplicate their success is to do exactly that.
A million dollar insight I picked up along the way is…
i. To do ALL the steps these successful people do.
ii. To do these steps in the CORRECT sequence.
The objective of Modelling them is to in essence:
i. To model their Definitions. This means we are trying to model their Thoughts, their Thinking Patterns. This would give us an insight into how they Think. And they sure as hell think very differently from the average man on the street.
ii. To model their Rituals. This means we are trying to model their Actions. Successful people have totally opposite actions from the average loser.
Once we know how they Think (we have accessed their Thoughts and Emotions), and when we begin to Act like them, we will automatically begin to get the same Results as them.
To Model Success, ask yourself 3 key Questions:
Q1: What is that I really want?
Q2: Who has already achieved what I want?
Q3: Once you find her…begin to Model her.
…do what she does, go where she goes, dress like her, walk like her, talk like her…imagine you are her. One day you will begin to THINK like her and ACT like her. Now, if you begin to Think and Act like her, you will begin to get the exact Results that she is getting. I call this ‘The Short Cut to Success’.
viii. STEP 8 GET A LIFE COACH
A Coach can make you go where the Coach has never been before. - Dev -
Get a Life Coach to help you along the journey of reaching this Goal. All successful business people, professional athletes, actors, singers and musicians have a Coach.
Some years ago, a group of consultants interviewed the CEO’s of the Fortune 100 companies to find a common denominator of their success.
They found 10 things that ALL the Fortune 100 companies practiced without reserve, and they were presented in the Kingsfield Reports.
The number one criteria that ALL CEO’s of these Fortune 100 companies stated was HAVING A LIFE COACH. This one requirement was deemed by them as non-negotiable. Almost every CEO interviewed either had a Personal Life Coach or Consultant or had one to advice the company.
Now, if you truly want success, right here in front of you is probably the Ultimate Success Secret. If you are not a CEO of a Fortune 100 company (yet), then you sure as hell need to learn from them.
If you wish to be successful and would not follow this single success formula, then you truly deserve to suffer and struggle while trying to create your own formula. In my book, I would place your name under the category: ARROGANT, IGNORANT AND GILA!!!
In short, you have a ‘Fat Chance’ and ‘Thin Hope’ of getting any manner of success that you dream of. As a matter of fact, your dream will forever remain a dream. And my friend I only have one word for you: You deserve to Fail!!!
For those who are serious about wanting success (and it is not merely a dream), the very first non-negotiable thing for you to do is to look for a Life Coach.
Should you need help in getting a professional and qualified Life/ Business Coach, please leave a note in the Comments Column at the end of this Blog, and I will refer you to some competent Life Coaches for you to choose from.
Remember, a Coach can make you go where you can never hope to go by yourself.
ix. STEP 9 CELEBRATE SUCCESS
Life is a series of little successes piled one on top of the other. - Dev -
Once you reach this Goal, Celebrate the Success in anyway that you deem deserving.
Yes, a major part of the journey of success is to celebrate it. Of what use is it to have success if you don’t celebrate it. If you watched Tom Cruise in Jerry McGuire, you know exactly what I mean. (For those who have not, for God’s sake go watch it! You wish to be a success and you have not watched a movie on how to be a success…geez, give me a break!)
Each time you celebrate any and every success, your Unconscious Mind makes a note of it and makes one more deposit into a folder in your mind titled ‘My Successes’. This is a very important entry because it makes your Mind register that you have acquired yet another achievement. And in future when you attempt new things, this memory of success will cause your mind to believe that you CAN and WILL succeed in future as you have in the past.
The other reason for celebrating successes is to cause you to vibrate at the frequency of success. When this happens, you send out more vibrations of success into the Universe and more success gets attracted to you. This is how you activate the Law of Vibration and Attraction, and keep attracting more success. It puts you into a continuous loop of manifesting success on an on going basis. It has often been said that success breeds success. Knowing how the Laws of Universe and the Laws of the Mind work, it’s an absolute truth.
So each month, each year or upon acquiring each success, celebrate it. Reward yourself in whatever way you deem fit. Do it alone or with your loved ones or your Team members, which eve suits you best.
At my organization SELF MASTERY LEARNING CENTRE, we celebrate success on a monthly basis. Everyone and anyone are welcome. You are free to join us for our monthly success celebrations. There is NO CHARGE for this Success Celebration. It is for FREE. It is just an evening where like-minded people get together to celebrate their successes together and share their victories to inspire others and help each other towards their own success.
If you wish to join us either to celebrate your success with us or to learn how we do it so you might duplicate it, please drop me a note at the end of this Blog and I will ask my Team Member to get in touch with you for more details as to how and when you can join us.
I hope to meet you in person and get inspired by your success story. I would love to write about it in my next Blog so others might be inspired.
x. STEP 10 SET A NEW GOAL
The Mind is forever seeking a target to pursue. You either give it one by choice or it will pick up one from the environment by default. - Dev –
Once you reach your 2010 Goal, set a new Goal for 2011. The Mind is Teleological. This means that it is target seeking, forever seeking for a target to hit. So if you do not by choice give it a target, it will seek one out from the environment by default. However, that might not be what you truly want.
The human mind is a Goal striving mechanism. It must have one Goal or another to seek and accomplish at any one time. It cannot not have a target to pursue. It is simply the way the mind functions.
Therefore, once you achieve one Goal, you need to set a new one. This is the only way you can choose what you want by choice.
Once a Goal is achieved, the Unconscious Mind, due to its nature, begins to look for a new Goal to move towards. Hence, the need for the next Goal. As we know the environment is mostly negative, so if you do not by choice give the mind a Goal, it is going to pick one up from its environment. And if those that you hang out with have no Goals or have puny Goals, then its only natural that your mind will pick that information up and give you a puny Goal to hit as well.
What’s so bad about that you might ask? Well, for one, Robert Kiyosaki says; “Take your 5 best friends / 5 people you hang out with most of the time, take their monthly incomes, add it all up, divide it by 5…that’s exactly your monthly income.” You might want to change your friends after this, or forever sink in the same ship as them. The choice is entirely yours. At any rate, good luck to you…and your loser friends!!!
If you are not sure what Goals you should set or how to go about setting one, please feel free to leave your question(s) in the Comments Column at the end of this article. I will either answer it in my next Blog or send you a write up on it if I have a ready answer for you.
NOTE:
If you need help with any of the above processes, please feel free to reach me (by leaving a comment at the end of this Blog) so as I may offer you any assistance you require.
Last but not least,
DARE TO DREAM AN IMPOSSIBLE DREAM,
AND HAVE THE COURAGE TO GO AFTER IT!
– Dev-
HOW TO GO INTO ALPHA?
There are many ways to go into this state of Alpha. We are choosing to go into Alpha by using the ALPHA BRAIN WAVES MUSIC. It is one of the easiest ways to enter the Alpha State because there is nothing that you have to do to go into Alpha. All you have to do is to play it in the background and you do not even have to listen to it consciously. So long as you have it playing gently in the background while you continue to do whatever it is that you are doing, in 15 minutes or less you will begin to experience its miraculous effects.
1. Sit or lie in a relaxed position and play the Alpha Brain Waves Music in the background. No specific rituals, positions, places or poses are required.
2. Take a few deep breaths. Take in a fast deep breath at a count of 2. Breathe in through your nose into your stomach. If unsure how, place your left hand on your navel. When you breathe in, your stomach should come out (imagine you are inflating a balloon in your stomach). Hold the breath at a count of 4. And breathe out slowly through your mouth at a count of 8. The stomach will naturally go in as your exhale. Repeat this 2-4-8 breathing pattern 3 times.
3. Focus on the music for a few minutes. Say your Affirmations (close your eyes if you have them memorized or open eyed if you need to look at them). Visualize your Goal with your eyes closed. If you fall asleep, which is most likely, as you are in a very relaxed state, its OK!
4. Whether you are doing work, studying, driving, going for an appointment, or need to induce sleep, calm yourself or control extreme emotional states, just leave it playing in the background as you go about doing whatever it is that you need to do. It has a natural effect on the mind and body.
5. The STRONGLY recommended times to play as background music are:
i. As you awaken in the morning and as you get ready for work – it will relax you, raise your energy level, stimulate your brain cells and create positive energy and mood.
ii. As a Sleep-Inducer and to program Goals while removing Mental Blocks. It also causes Natural Healing, detoxification and strengthens your immune system while you sleep. Just put it on and focus on the music, and drift off into a deep sound relaxing sleep.
WHEN TO PLAY ALPHA BRAIN WAVE MUSIC
To optimize the use of the Alpha Brain Wave music, below are some specific ways and times to play it.
1. Students while studying for exams or while doing homework and while studying late into the night.
2. Before an important appointment to calm down and be focused. When you feel fear, nervousness, tension, doubt, paranoia, before a presentation or speaking in public, or before seeing a client.
3. To internalize and program Goals into the Unconscious Mind during Affirmations and Visualization.
4. To remove Mental Blocks that prevent Goal Achievement or sabotage Success at the Unconscious level.
5. Calming effect to induce deep or restful sleep when brain wave activity is too high, or worried about daily problems. This state helps the mind to seek for solutions
6. When you need to work long hours with insufficient rest or sleep, or when you need a short Power Nap of 20 minutes with this music in the background. It energizes and speeds up cell replication.
7. Heal health problems naturally by strengthening the immune system and creates a conducive cell environment.
8. To control emotions when too emotional, or uncontrollable destructive emotional states.
9. Need to generate new and different original ideas. Promotes cell growth. Rejuvenates dying cells.
10. For purposes of Relaxation and Meditation. When stuck in traffic jams. (This is probably the only program of its kind that CAN be played while driving.
~ THE POWER OF ALPHA BRAIN WAVES ~
WHAT THIS ALPHA BRAIN WAVES CD CAN DO FOR YOU

1. Mental and Physical Relaxation
2. Program your Mind for Massive Success
3. Achieve every Goal you set
4. Heighten your Meditation and Spiritual experiences
5. Build Intuition and Psychic Ability
6. Optimum Physical Health
7. Emotional strength and stability
8. Physical and Emotional Healing
9. Release Toxins, Stress and Fears
10. Enhanced Relationships
11. Build Brain Cells & increase your IQ while you sleep
12. Build a Super Power Memory
13. Create a Positive and Motivated Mindset
14. Cope with Rejections and Objections
15. Collapse Old Habits & build New Habits
16. Condition your Mind for Success
17. Detect and Connect with your Life Purpose
REVOLUTIONARY BREAKTHROUGH TECHNOLOGY IN PROGRAMMING THE HUMAN MIND FOR MASSIVE SUCCESS USING ALPHA BRAIN WAVES TECHNOLOGY If any of the below are your issues, please reach us at SELF MASTERY LEARNING CENTRE
1. Mental and Physical Relaxation
2. Program your Mind for Massive Success
3. Achieve every Goal you set
4. Heighten your Meditation and Spiritual experiences
5. Build Intuition and Psychic Ability
6. Optimum Physical Health
7. Emotional strength and stability
8. Physical and Emotional Healing
9. Release Toxins, Stress and Fears
10. Enhanced Relationships
11. Build Brain Cells & increase your IQ while you sleep
12. Build a Super Power Memory
13. Create a Positive and Motivated Mindset
14. Cope with Rejections and Objections
15. Collapse Old Habits & build New Habits
16. Condition your Mind for Success
17. Detect and Connect with your Life Purpose
WHY GO INTO ALPHA
Lets briefly look at a few of these reasons so that you understand why it is absolutely essential in our pursuit of Success.
1. NEGATIVE AND POSITIVE EMOTIONS
At Alpha, the body naturally releases stress, anger, doubt, worries, fear, panic, paranoia, depression etc. This is because certain emotions can only exist at Alpha.
Anger, depression, sadness, pain etc., all of these negative emotions vibrate at a much higher frequency than Alpha. They vibrate at the frequency of Beta. Therefore when you are in the state of Alpha, you cannot experience the Beta emotions because they do not exist at the Alpha plane.
By going into Alpha you can only experience those emotions that vibrate at the Alpha frequency of 7 to 14 cycles per second.
2. 7 SECONDS OF A PURE THOUGHT
7 seconds of a ‘pure thought’ at Alpha programs visualized images into the nucleus of the human cell. This simply means that it only takes 7 seconds of a ‘pure thought’ to program or reprogram any image or thought into the nucleus of the human cell so that our results can dramatically change.
That is what Visualization is really all about – deprogramming and reprogramming the nucleus of the human cell.
Imagine, all it takes is just 7 seconds of a ‘pure thought’! Pure Thoughts can only be attained and maintained in a state of Alpha.
3. TAPPING THE 6TH SENSE
Alpha energy is the most rhythmic and also the most powerful frequency that the brain emits. By being in Alpha, we are able to tap and use the sixth sense, because the Alpha energy is the most balanced and cyclic energy in existence.
4. VIBRATE AT EARTH’S VIBRATION
Since the Earth vibrates at Alpha, upon entering into a state of Alpha, the brain attunes the earth’s intense field of energy. Because Mother Nature vibrates at 7 to 14 cycles per seconds, we get in tune and align with the forces of nature. Hence, we are able to go with the flow, rather than against the forces of nature.
5. DETOXIFY THE MIND AND BODY
The human body naturally relaxes, detoxifies and releases toxins by spending a minimum of 15 minutes a day at Alpha. This is because at Alpha, we naturally Mentally, Emotionally and Physically detoxify the body. This allows the body to naturally release all the pent up Mental, Emotional and Physical stress and tension in this state.
6. ALIGN LEFT AND RIGHT BRAIN
Alpha opens up the communication channel between the left and the right-brain hemispheres. This ideal condition allows one to Think with the right brain and Act with the left-brain in total harmony.
This is a left-brain world, so we got to Think right-brain and Act left-brain for optimum results. By being in Alpha, you will be able to Think right-brain, and Act left-brain.
At Alpha the bridge is built between the right-brain and the left-brain. Once there is an open communication between the Conscious Mind and the Unconscious Mind we are able to communicate consistently and congruently. This creates total rapport between the Conscious and the Unconscious Mind, which is absolutely essential for all Goal Achievement.
15 minutes a day at Alpha strengthens the immune system and creates a conducive environment for the growth of healthy cells.
Just by being exposed to Alpha Brain Waves for a minimum of 15 minutes a day affects your physical body. This strengthens your immune system, prevents diseases and cures illnesses because it makes the environment conducive for the growth of healthy cells in the human body. This prevents cells from mutating, enabling your body to heal much faster by causing the cells to replicate at a much faster rate than normal.
8. REJUVENATE CELLS
Human cells rejuvenate at least twice the normal rate when exposed to Alpha Brain Waves. A cell will rejuvenate much faster, from ten up to a hundred times; even up to a thousand times much faster by being continually exposed to Alpha Brain Waves over a period of time. This is because continued exposure to Alpha Brain Waves makes it conducive for the growth of healthy cells.
9. NATURAL HEALING
At Alpha the body heals its self naturally. By simply spending 15 minutes a day in a state of Alpha, the body rejuvenates itself. Since the cells replicate much faster, therefore the cells are replenished at a much faster rate than they are dying, enabling us to live a much healthier and longer life naturally.
10. HEAL OR HARM
At Alpha one can only help and can’t hurt others. In Beta one can either harm and hurt or help. ‘We prey on each other in Beta but we pray for each other in Alpha’.
When you are in Alpha, you can only think and experience those emotions that are consistent with those brain waves, and at Alpha those emotions are all positive and constructive. Therefore you can only help at Alpha, you cannot do harm at Alpha because those negative emotion do not exist at Alpha.
However, at Beta you cannot help or heal because those positive emotions do not exist at Beta. They are at Alpha.
11. DEPROGRAM AND REPROGRAM
Since all programming happens at the Cybernetic Level, only by going into Alpha can Deprogramming and Reprogramming take place.
All that we need to uninstall, remove, delete and to deprogram – all of them are in the Unconscious part of our Mind; in the Psycho-Cybernetic Mechanism.
However, you need a ‘password’ to have access to this Unconscious Mind, and to the Psycho-Cybernetic Mechanism. This ‘password’ is: Going into a State of Alpha.
Once we are in this Alpha State, we are able to access the Unconscious Mind and remove those programmings that work against us, and put in place new programs that will work for us instead.
12. VAK IMAGERY
Going into Alpha programs all Visualizations into the Unconscious Mind that brings forth manifestation. Installing of these programs and visualizations must happen at the Unconscious Mind because that is where these programs are stored. Therefore by going into the Unconscious Mind, we are able to do VAK Imagery (Visual, Auditory, Kinesthetic) which is a much more superior way of programming than merely Visualizing.
Affirmations are positive statements about yourself that you say to yourself at the Conscious level, but the programming of these Affirmations needs to be done at the Unconscious level.
Affirmations can be internalized into the Unconscious Mind when you are in the state of Alpha. Therefore by going into Alpha, you are not just merely doing Affirmations; but they become Alpha-Affirmations.
Simple Affirmations thus become powerful Alpha-Affirmations done in an Alpha state of mind by by-passing all Conscious thoughts.
14. INSTALLING GOALS
All effective Goal programming happens at Alpha where the full extend of VAK is maximized. Programming or installing of Goals into the future of your Lifeline are more effective if done in the state of Alpha.
At Alpha, you are able to go beyond the physical (Conscious Mind) and communicate directly with your Unconscious Mind. As you think of your Goal, and if you can see, smell, hear, taste and touch it in your Mind, it becomes real for the Unconscious Mind. This is simply because the Unconscious Mind cannot tell the difference between Reality and Imagination.
Once an idea is presented to the Unconscious Mind, it can only accept and cannot reject it.
15. COMPOUNDING PROGRAMMING
Alpha corresponds to the area of the brain that is associated with experiences from age 7 to 14. Since the mind cannot tell the difference between reality and an imagined thought, it thinks the information has been there for a long time. This is about one of the most powerful reasons why we will want to consciously go into this state of Alpha.
Let’s say, if you were to do a Visualization or Affirmation session to program a certain Goal, you would have to do it over and over again until it gets installed.
However, if you could go into this Alpha state, and let’s say, you are now vibrating at 10 cycles per second and then do your Alpha-Affirmations or your VAK Imagery, as far as your Unconscious Mind is concerned, the effect is the same as if you have been doing this Visualization and Affirmation since age 10.
Can you imagine how many millions of times it would amount to up to this date if you had been doing it continuously from age 10?
At Alpha, (10.5 cycles per second being the optimum) this is equivalent to programming the Visualized Goal millions of times even if you are just doing it once.
At Alpha, time is timeless, and space is spaceless, thus removing all physical constrains and limitations. Since there is no time and space at Alpha, you are now no longer bound by any physical restrains of the human body.
This allows you to go back into the past to remove any Mental Block that might stop you from achieving your Goal in the Present or in the Future. Conversely, you can go into the future and install any Goal into the future of your Lifeline.
If a Goal is installed into the future, it must by law manifest itself.
17. RECEIVING AND TRANSMITTING STATION
Alpha is the connecting bridge to Spirit, that spiritual dimension that deals with Thoughts.
The Law of Energy states that ‘Energy follows Thought’. The Mind becomes both a receiving and a transmitting station of Thoughts at Alpha. (Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill, Chapter 12).
Since the Mind is both a receiving and a transmitting station, to activate this receiving and transmitting station, you need to operate at a frequency of between 7 to 14 cycles per second. This will enable you to send Energy of Love, Healing, Peace etc. At Alpha you are able to transmit Positive Thoughts to other people for the betterment of mankind and humanity. As a band-wave frequency, Alpha is a Healing Energy.
18. TAPPING THE COLLECTIVE CONSCIOUSNESS
Alpha is where the human intelligence resides. By being in Alpha, you are able to access the Collective Consciousness of all of humanity. Here, all known knowledge since the beginning of time and all Thoughts that have ever been thought of, reside.
At Alpha you are able to tap into this Collective Consciousness, and all information and knowledge become known to you.
Since 76% of all ‘dis-ease’ is psychosomatic in nature; and is all rooted in Alpha. Going into Alpha brings to consciousness the root cause of these illnesses.
To permanently treat illnesses, we need to eliminate the root cause not the symptoms. By going into Alpha, we are able to trace the root cause and therefore change or rectify whatever it is that is causing these symptoms to appear. If you correct the Cause, then the symptoms show up positively, thereby removing whatever it is that is causing this ‘dis-ease’ to manifest in the body.
20. GENIUS IDEAS
Last but not least, all great ideas that have impacted human civilization came about when man drifted into Alpha knowingly or unknowingly.
All great men have spoken about them going into this relaxed state where ideas came to them.
When Einstein was asked how he came about with the formula E=mc², he said, “I imagined it.” He went into sleep, and thus into the state of Alpha (may be unknowingly or unknown to him). He however knew, every time that he needed an answer, he simply had to relax and the answer would come to him, because he was going into the state of Alpha.
Edison is known to have two ball-bearings which he used each time he was faced with a challenge or he needed an answer. He would pose a question to his mind, hold the ball-bearings in his hand and take a short nap. Just as he was about to fall asleep, the ball bearings would slip from his hand and would cause a sound that would awaken him. He would quickly write down whatever answers that came to him. He is known to have said, “Each time that I’m about to go to sleep, I get the answer.” Of course he did not know that he was going into the state of Alpha or that it was his Unconscious Mind speaking to him.
When the ‘Origin of Species’ was being written, Charles Darwin said he remembers the exact point and time when the idea came to him. He said he was travelling in a horse cart, and had gone into a light sleep when this idea came to him. Of course he did not know that he was going into Alpha.
All great ideas come when you slip into this state of Alpha. At Alpha you connect with Collective Consciousness and operate from the Unconscious level of your Mind. There is no limit to the Unconscious Mind because it is the ‘God-like’ part of you.
YOU CAN PROGRAM YOUR OWN SUCCESS using ALPHA BRAIN WAVES + ALPHA BEAT + SUBLIMINALS
If only you can see yourself the way I see you. - Dev -
My name is Dev. I am a Mind Science Personal Development Master Coach. Over the last 18 years I have studied and work with one of the Guru of Gurus on the workings of the Mind – Bob Proctor. Bob Proctor is one of the main features in the phenomenal DVD “The Secret” that has taken the world by storm.
AWARENESS
What makes you think you aren’t already programmed?
RESULTS
Success is in direct proportion to the level of awareness of an individual. - Dev -
Everything in life is about Results. In the final analysis, the ultimate measure of the quality of life is results. Whether it is about going for the outcomes that we do want or about changing of a present outcome or about getting new and different outcomes, it is all and always about results.
There are only four kinds of results. No matter what you want in life, you either want more Happiness, more Health, more Wealth or more Success. All your hopes and dreams, every aspiration, every wish you have ever had, they all fall into one of these four categories.
At the end off 2010, there are about 6.8 billion people on earth. Out of these 6.8 billion, 95% of the population are unhappy, unhealthy, unwealthy, and unsuccessful. That means, only 5% of the world population is happy, healthy, wealthy and successful.
With all the advancement in science and technology, only these 5% of the people have been able to make it by 2010. This is a very disturbing statistic by any standards. But let me tell you what is even more disturbing. The statistic has not changed for the last 6000 years of recorded history. These same statistics appeared on ancient Sumerian clay tablets dating back 6000 years. Now, this is truly disturbing.
We may have conquered the highest mountains and the deepest oceans, but our mind is still wild and untamed. We may have conquered outer space, tamed the highest mountains and dwelt into the deepest oceans. In the age where computers and technology reign supreme we still have not mastered these 4 most basics requisites for success. What this simply means is that we have learned nothing whatsoever over the last 6000 years as far as happiness, health, wealth and success are concerned.
This is the basis of this very special, one of a kind audio.
MIND POWER TOOLS
Mind power without control is nothing. - Dev -
TOOLS TO HELP YOU DEPROGRAM AND REPROGRAM YOUR UNCONSCIOUS MIND
To the mind that is still, the whole universe surrenders. - Lao Tzu -
BRAIN WAVES

There are 4 different kinds of Brainwaves or brainwave frequencies. The brain must vibrate at one frequency or another at any one time.
The lowest brain wave frequency is Delta. This frequency of the brain is between 0.1 to 4 cycles per second. The next brain wave frequency is from 4 to 7 cycles per second and this is called Theta. The next brain wave frequency that is between 7 to 14 cycles per second is known as Alpha. Finally, at 14 cycles per second and above, to about 30; even going up to 40 cycles per second is known as Beta. Our interest here however, is with the Alpha brain wave frequency.
ALPHA STATE OF CONSCIOUSNESS

The major difference between Beta and Alpha is that at Alpha we get 90% of all our Results. At Beta, which is our wakeful stage, we get only about 10% Results.
This being a left brain world, to function at optimum levels, we need to Think at Alpha and Act at Beta. This is paramount as Alpha is the domain of Thoughts and Beta is the world of Actions and Behavior.
Beta has got to do with the physical body and the physical world. At Beta we operate from the Left Brain and primarily work with our Conscious Mind.
At Alpha we operate from the Unconscious levels of the Mind. At Alpha we operate from our Right Brain and this gives us 90% of our Results. This Alpha state of being is associated with our Mindset and our Attitude. However, the Beta state is preoccupied with the acquisition of Knowledge and Skill.
At Beta, we are predominantly concerned with Behaviour and Actions. It is of the physical world. Here, we make sense of the world by what we See, Smell, Hear, Taste and Touch. It is governed by Time and Space.
However, Alpha is the domain of Thought. Thoughts are the most potent form of energy in the Universe. It is at Alpha where we work with the ‘Identity’, because the Identity always influences our Behavior. So if we make some changes at Alpha with regards to our Identity, our Behavior must follow suit at Beta. This is the easiest and most effective way to cause Transformation (permanent and long lasting change).
Alpha is the spirit world where there is no time and space. This means we are able to go forward and backward into time in this state of Alpha. This is what Einstein meant by ‘Time being Timeless and Space being Spaceless’!
At Theta is when we go off to sleep, and Delta is when we are in a coma Spiritual Ecstasy!
Our interest here is with the state of Alpha. The reason we want to go into Alpha is because there are many positive, productive and beneficial reasons why we should by choice go into this Alpha state.
~ THE POWER OF ALPHA BRAIN WAVES ~
WHAT THIS ALPHA BRAIN WAVES CD CAN DO FOR YOU
1. Mental and Physical Relaxation
2. Program your Mind for Massive Success
3. Achieve every Goal you set
4. Heighten your Meditation and Spiritual experiences
5. Build Intuition and Psychic Ability
6. Optimum Physical Health
7. Emotional strength and stability
8. Physical and Emotional Healing
9. Release Toxins, Stress and Fears
10. Enhanced Relationships
11. Build Brain Cells & increase your IQ while you sleep
12. Build a Super Power Memory
13. Create a Positive and Motivated Mindset
14. Cope with Rejections and Objections
15. Collapse Old Habits & build New Habits
16. Condition your Mind for Success
17. Detect and Connect with your Life Purpose
Master Coach Dev,
I have been a Professional Salesman for 34 years. I was a Life Insurance Leader for 21 years and an MLM Leader the last 13.
Master Coach Dev, in your professional opinion, what sets the winners and losers apart? Is there a Success Formula that you can you suggest? Thank you. Keep up the great work of Touching Lives.
Quality Leader Frankie
Hong Kong
ACTIVITY MANAGEMENT
Activity is the application of all that we know and all that we feel, combined with our desire to have more than we have and become more than we are.
LIFE is not designed to give rewards in proportion to our needs but to the level we deserve. Whatever life has handed to us, it is our responsibility to DO something with what we have been given. That is how we change obstacles into opportunities – by taking all that we have and all that we are and putting it to work.
Sooner or later we must convert knowledge and good feelings (positive attitude) into activity. The better we feel about ourselves and our opportunities, the greater our chances for success.
But by just knowing and having a positive attitude will not bring results, as knowing and doing are poles apart! They merely determine our potential for achievement. Whether we actually achieve our goals is ultimately determined by our activity. Completing the picture of your dream requires action.
If we have a sincere desire to go for our Goal, than we are compelled to find every possible means to implement all that we know and feel. Every single day of our life, we need to do a little bit more what we already know. We must find ways to demonstrate on the outside all that we possess on the inside. Otherwise, our dreams will die inside of us and the desires of our hearts remain unfulfilled.
Why some people fail and others succeed can sometimes seem unfair. Some seem to receive so much and yet merit so little. Some good people seem to have so little while the dishonest seem to have so much. The answer might well be that we do not work at achieving our Goals…and they do. We do not take all that we are and put it to work. They do.
We do not stay up late at night developing new plans to achieve our dreams and work hard day after day to make those dreams a reality. They do. We do not learn all that we possibly can about our industry and our markets. They do. We do not make every effort to get around the right sources of influence, to associate with those people who can help us to achieve our Goals. They do. While we are dreaming about the promise of the future, they are doing something about it. And they are doing it consistently and with an intensity, and a level of commitment that would put many of us to shame. And so if life does not seem fair sometimes, we have no one to blame but ourselves.
Imagine how different our world would be if we made a commitment right now to put into action all that we currently are, wherever we currently are, and with whatever we currently have. What if, starting right now, we converted our dreams into plans and our plans into refined activities that would lead toward the achievement of our Goals? What an incredible difference we could make! What a life we could then share with our families and what an inheritance we could leave to the next generation – all because we cared enough to do something with our lives and to put our skills and talents to work.
If we want to succeed, sooner or later our level of activity must equal our level of intent. Talking about achievement is one thing; making it happen is something altogether different. If we seem to take more joy in talking about success than we do in achieving it, then all the things that we should be doing and could be doing on any given day never seem to get done.
We already know more than we need to know to achieve our goals, to succeed. All we need to do now is begin to DO what we already KNOW! – Dev-
Finally, we must discipline ourselves to convert dreams into plans, and plans into Goals, and Goals into small daily activities that will lead us, one sure step at a time, toward a better future. Remember to ponder all that is possible, that to do what is possible we must sometimes challenge ourselves with the impossible. As said the ancient warrior, ‘It is better to aim the spear at the moon and strike the eagle, than to aim at the eagle and strike only a rock!’
Below is a 6 Step process to achieve any Goal you desire. Make it a habitual part of your Professional Life.
WHAT?
We must first decide what we want to achieve and be.
WHY?
Our mind must have order, which must be in specific images of what we want to achieve and be.
HOW?
We must decide on our:
Goals and Life Purpose
A New Self Image
WHEN?
Now!
STEP 2: INTERNALIZE
We must plant the images of our New Self Image into our Unconscious Mind.
WHY?
We have to integrate our Thoughts, Feelings and Actions in order to move our images into reality.
HOW?
We have to internalize the images by going into a state of Alpha.
WHEN?
Daily.
STEP 3: PLAN
Planning is the tool that outlines:
What to do? When to do? Who to do?
WHY?
People don’t plan to fail but fail to plan.
HOW?
Define Goal and dateline. Breakdown and list activities or work plan. Prioritize to do the hard things first. Work backwards from end to start. Block time. Delegate or contract out.
WHEN?
Plan daily.
STEP 4: DO
Steps 1-3 are useless if not done.
WHY?
Only the doing gets things done.
HOW?
We do / move into action only if we are motivated.
WHEN?
Daily.
STEP 5: CHECK
Activity level and activity deviations.
WHY?
To provide information to make modifications and corrections.
HOW?
If all planned activities are completed – seek new ways to further improve. If not, identify cause and provide solutions.
WHEN?
Daily.
STEP 6: LEARN
Learn form mistakes and successes.
WHY?
Learning from mistakes makes us wiser, learning from success makes us confident and competent.
HOW?
List down mistakes and successes and ask : how it happened, why it happened, what can I learn?
WHEN?
Daily.
Master Dev,
I met a close friend of mine after 18 years. Three years ago she gave up her job as an Engineer and joined an MLM company. She is doing very well and asked me to join her. I am very tempted.
Last year I was offered junior partnership in my law firm. How can I be sure that joining her is the right decision? Please advise. Ten years from today, I don’t want to regret any decision I make today. How can I be certain I am making the right decision?
Your Student
Deidre, Penang
Hi Deidre,
Can I ask you, what do you usually do when you have a particularly tough decision to make? What have you done in the past when your options were not at all clear?
Just like Deidre, when faced with a difficult decision, how many of you wish you had a tool, an approach, a concept, a formula or a strategy that could help you make the right decision?
Deidre, I would like to offer you a simple, practical and fast method of arriving at any decision you desire. It will create absolute clarity, give you priority to your choices and help you decide what’s important to you, based on your most important values.
It is called the Rocking Chair Test.
The Rocking Chair Test will help you see your long-term options in the present. You will have the benefit of knowing how differently your life would have gone had you made an alternate decision. It’s almost like viewing a parallel Universe and having an insight into the outcomes of opposing decisions that you make on any single issue.
At any rate, if any decision that you make passes the test, then you will know that it was a good choice.
The Rocking Chair test is a great tool when it comes to making difficult life changing decisions.
Like Deidre, maybe you need to decide if you should quit your job and start your own business?
Maybe you need to know if you should follow your childhood dream and do what you really feel passionate about?
Maybe you need to be certain of taking a risk and doing something new and different that you have never done before?
We all come across questions like these during our life. And if you are like most people, you probably just shut them out, choose the safe choice, and go with the familiar, even if it means sticking with the boring dead end job you despise.
We all want incredible results in our lives. But we also want to do things that are safe, practical, pragmatic, secure, logical, realistic and normal. We are unwilling to do anything New and Different because it’s a risk. I say to you, YOU MUST BE GILA! - Dev -
The rocking chair test is a great way to ensure you live your life without regret because it helps put things into proper perspective based on what’s important to you right now and in the future.
What decisions are you presently struggling with? What decisions are stopping you from having the life that you desire? What one decision do you keep putting off that could turn your life around?
If you feel you must make a decision but fear that it might be a wrong one, then I suggest you take the “rocking chair test” right now and make a better decision for tomorrow, and your life might never be the same again. And all it took was one well-informed decision.
The Rocking Chair Test decision-making process imposes no risk because it helps you make an educated decision based on what outcomes are important to you.
It allows you a peek into the future. A glimpse at the possible outcomes tells you what decisions you need to make today, that will lead you to the preferred outcome in the future.
It is like going into the future and looking at where your life ends up based on the decisions that you made in the past. You then get to come back into the present and make exactly those decisions.
Powerful stuff!
As Tony Robbins often says: It is in your moments of decisions that your destiny is shaped.
The Rocking Chair test is unbelievably simple, and yet dramatically powerful.
All you have to do is to imagine yourself as an old man or an old woman, nearing the end of your life. As you sit and rock on your porch and contemplate upon your life, just ask yourself if this decision will have any meaning to you in the future. Will you be proud or ashamed of your decision? How will this decision have affected the course of your life?
How different would your life have been had you made a totally opposite decision?
Deidre, the next time you reach a fork in your road of life and are not sure which way to go, I suggest you just find a quiet spot, get relaxed and get on your imaginary rocking chair.
THE BUSINESSMAN’S ROCKING CHAIR TEST
To illustrate the simplicity and power of the process, let me give you an example of how you could use the rocking chair test in a business situation.
Lets say; you are hesitating about jumping into a new business venture (as in the case of Deidre). Think about sitting on your porch when you are 80 years old in a rocking chair. If you are already 80, pretend you are 100.
As you rock in your chair pondering about your business decision, decide if you would regret missing that opportunity and possibly enjoying the benefits for 50 years or so. Or would you be happy that you skipped the opportunity and didn’t have the stress that it may have caused you over those 50 years.
If there is a chance that you will miss out on a huge opportunity to grow your business, and the downside will not kill you or put you in jail, and you cant make a decision, I suggest you may want to take the rocking chair test.
Just imagine yourself as an old man or woman, maybe in your 80’s. Then sit yourself down in your rocking chair, get comfortable and look back at your life. Look back to where you are right now struggling with the decision of what to do.
As you move into your future, ask yourself:
What if I never did this?
How would I feel?
Would my life be different?
Do I regret not taking the chance?
Is this something that would haunt me and I would always wonder about?
Do you find yourself feeling like something is missing? Is there a sadness or longing?
Or is there great pride and comfort of having made that decision?
Get specific and feel your way through the answers.
What if I just stayed here in my job, would I regret not taking the chance to explore my options when I was younger?
What if I didn’t at least try to follow my dreams, would it be something that I would always look back upon and wonder, what if…?
In life, we find we are more disappointed by the things we didn’t do then the ones we did. So if you are feeling regret as an imaginary 80 year old, take it to heart.
Use this tool as a shot of courage to go for something that you really want out of life.
Next time you are trying to decide which way to go, put the rocking chair test to work for you.
The rocking chair test allows you to live your life fully and release regret.
Too often, we don’t take risks now because the downside seems too scary, but what if the upside totally changed your lifestyle? What if for the next 50 years, that one decision brought in more money than you could spend? What if that one decision totally turns your life around? Then would it be worth it?
I will tell you this much, it’s much better to wear out than rust out, and it’s much better to have a few cuts and bruises on your way to success by taking a few risks, than it will be to play it safe and settle for a normal, frustrating, meaningless existence.
Sydney Harris said…
Regret for things we did, can be tempered by time; it is regret for things we did not do, that is inconsolable.

Dear Reader,
To experience a LIVE session of the Rocking Chair Test or if you prefer a personalized one-on-one session, please get in touch with any Self Mastery Learning Centre Certified Life Coach or reach me directly at dev@selfmastery.com.my
I look forward to meeting you in person at a Life Coaching session or in one of my training classes. I wish you clarity and certainty in every decision you will ever have to make for the rest of your life.
Live with Purpose

Every Thought you Think, attracts things into your life. – Dev
Some of the greatest books of all time have spoken about the need to Think in a Certain Way.
In 1905, James Allen wrote probably one of the greatest 20 pages in human history, ‘AS A MAN THINKETH’. He said, “The vision that I glorify in my mind, the ideal that I enthrone in my heart, this I will build my life by and this I will become.”
He spoke about thinking, how thinking can influence results in our life and manifest things in our reality.
In 1910, Wallace Wattles wrote probably the definitive book on financial wealth, ‘THE SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH’, and he said there are two parts to the secret – you have to THINK in a certain way and you have to ACT in a certain way. And of course, this formula is called the CERTAIN WAY.
He said, ‘THINK in a certain way, and ACT in a certain way.’ Now, you can’t Act in a certain way if you don’t first begin to Think in a certain way.
In 1937, Napoleon Hill wrote the greatest book ever written in human history on personal development and success and he quite simply said, ‘THINK AND GROW RICH’.
In Think And Grow Rich Napoleon Hill said, ‘Whatever the mind of man can conceive and believe it can achieve.’ Again he spoke about thinking – THINK, and grow rich.
And now we have the phenomenally successful DVD, ‘THE SECRET’. And ‘The Secret’ talks about The Law of Attraction.

What do all these four authorities- ‘As a Man Thinketh’, ‘The Science of Getting Rich’, ‘Think and Grow Rich’ and ‘The Secret’, have in common?
THINKING IN A CERTAIN WAY!
James Allen said ‘As a Man Thinketh’. Napoleon Hill said ‘Think and Grow Rich’. Wattles said ‘Think in a Certain Way’.
What they all said about thinking, they did not mean thinking with your left-brain, they did not mean thinking from the Conscious Mind; they meant thinking from the deepest recesses of your Unconscious Mind.
There is no such thing as Reality.
Reality exists in the mind of the beholder!
- Dev
This brings us to the latest phenomenon, The Secret.
Before The Law of Attraction can happen, it must be first be preceded by another law called ‘The Law of Vibration’, because it is a twin law. The complete law is called The Law of Vibration and Attraction.
So, before any Attraction can happen, Vibration must happen FIRST.
However, before Vibration can happen, you must first THINK that thought. This is because Thinking causes the Vibration, which in turn causes the Attraction. So yet again, it begins with Thinking.
All these authors had one thing in common, Thinking in a Certain Way, that is thinking at the Unconscious Mind. Thinking with the Unconscious part of the mind creates our ultimate reality because that part of the mind has no limit.
It has been said that he Unconscious Mind is the God like part of us, where there are no limitations.
Thinking is the most potent
form of Energy in the Universe.
So, in my up coming blogs we are going to explore in great depth the power of the Unconscious Mind and how we can use the power of this Unconscious Mind to De-Program and Re-Program the mind for Success. I would like to give you simple Mind Power Tools which anyone can apply in their daily living to Transform their Personal and Professional Life.
In truth, we are ALREADY running on a program, and chances are, on a Failure program. And of course, a Failure program can only result in failure.
If you are not as Happy, as Healthy, as Wealthy and as Successful as you would like to be, chances are you have been running on Failure programs, and you were not even aware of it!
I am certain you want to change these programs, so that you can begin to run on Success programs because a Success program MUST result in Success.
In my up coming Blogs I would like to share some cutting edge, state of the art Mind Power Tools to help you install and run on Success Programs and over-ride the current Failure programs that you have been running on for so many frustrating years of your life.
In short, Change you Programs and Change your Life!
Till I meet you face-to-face in my next blog,
I am THE MIND MAN!
Remember:

World Number 1 Success Coach
Tony Robbins Knows so Much About Success, He Can Charge $10,000 a Ticket for His Seminars and they Sell Out!
Tony Robbins has made one million dollars engaging in one-on-one coaching!

Over 10 million people have listened to Tony Robbins Live or through his audios!
Tony Robbins is the #1 success coach in the world!
Tony Robbins has it all. Money. Power. Looks. Houses. Cars. Beautiful women. Private jet, his own private island, a closet jam-packed with hundreds of custom-made $5,000 suits!
Even the President of the United States, Gorbachev, Nelson Mandela and Mother Teresa have consulted Tony Robbins!
Tony Robbins is one of the “Top-10 Most Outstanding People of the World”!
Tony Robbins sometimes works 23 hours a day and most days sleeps on 3 hours!
Tony Robbins to ok to become a millionaire within one year!
Tony Robbins is the #1 success coach in the world, which immediately makes him own 60 percent of the motivational business market!
Tony Robbins earned a salary of $30 million last year!
Tony Robbins has trained over 3 million people from 40 countries over the last 30 years!
Tony Robbins is at the top of his game, earning ONE MILLION dollars for personal coaching,
and that doesn’t include the 50 million dollars a year with the Anthony Robbins Companies’ sales. His fees are the highest in the business
Anthony Robbins was born Anthony J. Mahavorick at North Hollywood, California, United States of America on 29th of February
Tony is the most famous Self Help Guru and Peak Performance Coach in the world today.
Tony is the inventor and proponent of what he refers to as Neuro Associative Conditioning or NAC which is based on Neuro Linguistic Programming (NLP).
Tony has authored a number of best-selling books, including Unlimited Power and Awaken the Giant Within.
Tony’s Live seminar include Life Mastery, Date With Destiny, Wealth Mastery and Leadership Academy Seminar.
His best known tape program is Personal Power II. Other programs include Get the Edge and Lessons in Mastery.
He also conducts large scale LIVE seminars, most famously UPW (Unleash The Power Within) where the participants walk over hot coals on bare feet by employing the psychological techniques Robbins promotes.
Among the techniques that Anthony Robbins teaches are the following:
i. Altering the body’s physiology to achieve a change of emotional state
ii. Asking specific questions to direct one’s attention to aspects of human experience that create a more favorable psychology.
iii. Getting leverage to create change by associating a person’s old behavior with massive pain and the desired new behavior with massive pleasure.
iv. Interrupting one’s limiting pattern by doing something totally unexpected.
v. Conditioning behavior by visualizing it over and over again.
vi. Goal-setting
vii. Creating a “Compelling future”, vividly imagining one’s end result to generate enthusiasm and power to work towards one’s goals.
viii. Robbins also promotes a vegetarian lifestyle and endorses the views of Dr. Robert Young regarding the need for an alkaline diet.
Participants swear that Tony Robbins’ self help books, audio programs and motivational seminars have given hope to thousands of people and there are many testimonials to the changes brought about by applying the methods he expounds.

Date: 19 Aug 2009
Time: 7.30PM – 9.30PM
Venue: JW MARRIOT, KL
Official Tony Robbins blog
http://tonyrobbinstraining.com/
Tony Robbins official website
I have often said to my audiences, “If Tony can’t help you, then no one can!” To me, it simply means that you are just NOT ready for change. You are STILL too busy getting caught up in the THICK OF THIN THINGS!
How does this show up in your life? You are still not ready to change and improve the quality of your life. It means you will continue to have the same painful results in your Personal and Professional life – the same old issues in all your relationships, your health, your finances, your career, your happiness and every other area of your life that is significant and important to you.
Allow me to offer some insights that Anthony Robbins, the world’s number 1 Coach has taught me.

“Tony’s incredible understanding of the world, people and human nature makes him the ultimate life coach. He knows what it takes to make people excel… and win!”
- André Agassi, U.S. Open, Australian Open, and Wimbledon men’s tennis champion
If we concentrated all our focus on just one area of life long enough, it MUST by law improve. Tony calls this Controlled Focus or Concentration Of Power.
My Question to you is: Which area of your life TRULY needs attention? Spend the next 90 days focusing on this ONE area of life and be willing to do WHATEVER IT TAKES. I promise you that you will begin to see changes like never before.

“Anthony Robbins is the Michael Jordan of Personal Success Coaches.”
Jeff Arch – Screenwriter, Sleepless in Seattle
Once you decide to focus on a single area of your life for the next 90 days, you need to next be willing to take MASSIVE ACTIONS on a daily basis.
Why?
The most powerful way to shape our lives is to get ourselves to TAKE ACTIONS.
Different ACTIONS produce different Results.
Why?
Simply because ‘Any action is a cause set in motion and its effect builds on past effects that moves us in a definitive direction, and of course, every direction leads us to an alternate destination or destiny.’
“Tony Robbins knows the rhythm of success. He is an incredible
source of inspiration and his methods have improved the quality of my life. I only work with the best… and Tony is the best!”
- Quincy Jones – Musical Producer – Producer of the Academy Awards
All Success is one step at a time, so is all failure. If you take, but one baby step at a time, you WILL one day arrive at Success or Failure, depending on the direction of your step.
Every single day, you either move in the direction of Failure or Success, one baby step at a time.
It is not what you do once in your life that shapes your life, but what you do CONSISTENTLY.
I often say, ‘BE CONSITENTLY PERSISTENT AND PERSISTENTLY CONSISTENT!’
“Tony Robbins provides an amazing vehicle for looking at your life, mapping out a mission, and determining what’s holding you back and what you need to move forward. My mission in life is to access God’s gift of creativity to inspire, to touch people’s minds, bodies and spirits with love and compassion to make a difference in this world. Tony tapped into my soul and helped me see my life’s work more clearly.”
–Donna Karan, Legendary Fashion Designer
Most people lack the power to Act, leave alone the power to continue to take the same action on a daily basis.
Allow me to assist you here. Just ask your self, “What precedes our Actions?”
The answer is simple: DECISIONS!
One of my favorite Tony quote is, ‘IT IS IN OUR MOMENTS OF DECSIONS THAT OUR DESTINY IS SHAPED.’ To me, that says it all!
“No matter how successful you are, no matter how much great things are going on in your life, there’s always something that you can improve upon in your life. And Tony Robbins can help you do that. He gives you the tools you need. When you apply those tools then you’ll see results.
- Brett Ratner,
- Action Film Director, X-Men, Rush Hour
If you have indeed decided to focus on one area of your life for the next 90 days, and are willing to take massive actions on a daily basis and have now made a decision to take these actions, all you need to know now are the 3 decisions that could shape your destiny forever.
If you are ready, this are the 3 decisions that control every moment of your life and creates focus.
I. YOUR DECISION ABOUT WHAT TO FOCUS ON EACH MOMENT OF YOUR LIFE?
II. WHAT THINGS MEAN TO YOU IN EVERY EXPERIENCE OF YOUR LIFE?
III. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO WITH EACH EXPERIENCE IN YOUR LIFE?
The answers to these 3 questions will continue to shape your life, one experience at a time, one day at a time, till you finally arrive at Success or Failure, depending on the quality of your answers.
I hope What I Learned From Tony has been of as much help to you as it has been to all my participants that I have been blessed to help the last 17 years.
To learn more of such life transforming strategies, join us in Singapore from the 4-7 September 2009 LIVE WITH TONY ROBBINS! I will be there (yet again) because I am COMMITED to improving the quality of my life.
What about you? Are you going to continue to put off making a life changing decision and continue to experience the same pain filled quality of life for you and your family? For how long more, my friend are you going to continue to suffer like this? How long can you put up with your mediocre existence? Is it not time for you to reclaim your birthright to be HAPPY, HELATHY, WEALTHY and SUCCESSFUL? The choice is YOURS. It is only a DECSION away!

Date 19 Aug 09
Venue JW Marriot, KL
Time 7.30-9.30PM

July 26, 2005
People who meditate say it induces well-being and emotional balance. In recent years, a group of neuroscientists has begun investigating the practice, dubbed “mindfulness.” As NPR’s Allison Aubrey reports, they are exploring the hypothesis that meditation can actually change the way the brain works.

By Katie Unger
Scientists are taking advantage of new technologies to see exactly what goes on inside the brains of Buddhist monks and other so-called “Olympian” meditators — individuals who meditate intensively and regularly. The neuroscientists hypothesize that regular meditation actually alters the way the brain is wired, and that these changes could be at the heart of claims that meditation can improve health and well-being.

But the rigors of the scientific method might never have been applied to studying the practice of meditation if it weren’t for a vocal population of scientist-meditators. For decades, several of these individuals have been spreading the word about the beneficial effects of this traditional Eastern practice to the Western world.
In 1998, Dr. James Austin, a neurologist, wrote the book Zen and the Brain: Toward an Understanding of Meditation and Consciousness. Several mindfulness researchers cite his book as a reason they became interested in the field. In it, Austin examines consciousness by intertwining his personal experiences with Zen meditation with explanations backed up by hard science. When he describes how meditation can ”sculpt” the brain, he means it literally and figuratively.
Before Austin, others had aimed to teach meditation to individuals without experience and without interest in spirituality, people who hoped to reap mental and physical health benefits. In 1975, Sharon Salzberg and Jack Kornfield co-founded the Insight Meditation Society in Barre, Mass., where they continue to practice and teach meditation. Salzberg has written several books, including Faith and Lovingkindness: The Revolutionary Art of Happiness. Kornfield holds a Ph.D. in clinical psychology and trained as a Buddhist monk in Thailand, Burma and India. He’s written an introduction to the field, called Meditation for Beginners.
Jon Kabat-Zinn brought mindfulness into the mainstream by developing a standardized teaching method that has introduced multitudes of beginners to the practice of meditation. In 1979, he founded the Stress Reduction Clinic at the University of Massachusetts Memorial Medical Center in Worcester. He is professor emeritus of the university’s medical school. Kabat-Zinn has written several books that show readers how to incorporate meditation into their daily lives.
One center with which Kabat-Zinn has had a long-standing association — the Mind and Life Institute — took a particular interest in partnering “modern science and Buddhism — the world’s two most powerful traditions for understanding the nature of reality and investigating the mind.” The institute sponsors scientific conferences for meditation researchers. At the most recent one, scientists discussed how meditation might change activity levels in the brain.
Some 150 centers around the country are shaped in the mold of Kabat-Zinn’s Stress Reduction Clinic, and about 150 more teach meditation with slightly different philosophies.
More than 1,000 peer-reviewed scientific articles have been published on the subject of meditation. Until recently, most of them simply observed correlations between meditating and improved mood or decreased disease symptoms. But with so many scientists — and thousands of consumers — becoming “believers” in meditation, researchers seek to move beyond simply showing that meditation can influence the brain, to knowing exactly how that influence is accomplished.
It is almost 1AM 20 Aug 2009 now. I just got back from the JW Marriot Hotel in Kuala Lumpur after running a Preview for the upcoming Tony Robbins UNLEASH THE POWER WITHIN Live Seminar in Singapore from 4-7 September 2009.
I was pleasantly surprised to find me waiting an SMS from one of my regular seminar participant. It read, ‘Master Dev, Im a little confused. Do U work 4Success Resources or with Anthony Robbins? I jus found out U did a preview 2day 4Tony’s UPW. Im sorry I was able 2make it cos U did not tell me about it. I missed your message. What did U teach?…Danny’
I decided to respond to my friend Danny here on Devology, so that my other participants, friends and fans can also have a brief summary of what I shared this evening at my Preview.
But before I share some of the information I presented, allow me to reply to the sms I received.
Danny my friend, allow me to remove your confusion. I still run my own organization SELF MASTERY LEARNING CENTRE, as I have done since 2003. I do not work FOR Success Resources (SR), but I feel honored to work WITH SR on this UPW project. As a matter of fact, I volunteered to run this (and, any other) preview for UPW simply because I truly believe that Tony Robbins can change lives. I simply wanted to do my part to reach out to as many people as possible so they can have the opportunity to experience Tony Robbins in his element, as well.
I have attended most major programs by SR since I was first introduced to them over 10 years ago. I have greatly benefited from SR’s work in my personal and professional life.
I am grateful to SR for bringing in some of the top personal development speakers from around the world right to my door. I would otherwise have never had the opportunity to see them live.
I expect no financial reward from SR for my part in UPW. My greatest reward would be to help touch the lives of more people through Tony’s work. That in its self would be payment enough for me.
As for my association with Tony Robbins, Tony has no idea what so ever of my existence or my running previews for him. I am not expecting any form of gratitude from him either. The best reward Tony can bestow upon me would be to make a difference in the lives of those that I manage to convince to attend his Live program this September.
I hope this clarifies your doubts and will allow you to breathe a sigh of relief that I have not ‘jumped the boat’ or ‘abandoned’ all of you!
Due to request by a number of you (my participants) who could not make it for my preview due to prior engagements, allow me to furnish a brief summary of my UPW session. (please see UPW Preview Summaries Part 2)…

TONY LIVE at UPW
If your life is not going in the direction that you would want, you need to seriously ask yourself
WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO TO CHANGE YOUR LIFE?

If the answer is ‘I don’t know’, then at the very best your life is going to be EXACTLY the same as it has been in the past. Chances are, you may not be so lucky, and therefore your future is going to be worst then it was in the past.
Abraham Maslow said, ‘You either move forward into growth, or backward in decay and death because nothing stands still.’
You may want to start by asking yourself, WHAT ONE SUCCESS ARE YOU EXPECTING THIS YEAR?’ If the answer is ‘nothing’, then I promise you are going to have no success of any nature this year.
If you could decide to focus on any one area of your life (lets say, your Financial Life) for one year, it then creates what is called a Concentration of Power. That means for one whole year you focus all your time, energy, effort, money every waking hour on your Financial Life. It becomes like a laser beam and there is no reason why you would not achieve success in that area of life.
Tony did it all within one year. He got himself a castle, a stretch limo, got married, owned his own business, and made a million dollars.
My question to you is WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO TO CHANGE YOUR LIFE this year?
When Tony was only 24 years old, on Live Television he cured a lady in JUST 15 minutes of a long held phobia of snakes. She had been visiting all sorts of psychologists and hypnotherapists for over 7 years!
Even the Presidents of the United States Bill Clinton, Ronald Regan, Gorbachev, Nelson Mandela, Mother Teresa, Lady Diana, Arnold Schwarzenegger, Anthony Hopkins, Quincy Jones, Andre Agassi, Serena Williams, Donna Karan, Michael Jackson, Mother Teresa, Sylvester Stallone have consulted Tony Robbins!
It would presuppose that HE MUST KNOW SOMETHING THAT YOU AND I DON’T!
I often see Tony in the same light that I view Dr. House (award winning role of Hugh Laurie). Tony would DO WHATEVER IT TAKES to get his Desired Outcome. He is willing to pay whatever the price might be. And he is WILLING TO DO IT ON A DAILY BASIS!

Yet again my question to you is
WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO TO CHANGE YOUR LIFE?
Remember, you can PAY NOW and PLAY LATER or you can PLAY NOW and PAY LATER. You can do the math yourself to know which pays the dividends with a heft bonus!
I suppose the first step towards success would be to ask yourself WHAT IS IT THAT YOU REALLY WANT out of life?
If you don’t even know what you want, how can you even begin to start working towards it manifesting in your life?
I suggest that even before you decide what it is that you seek in life you have to first define what SUCCESS means.
Tony defines Success as…’DOING WHAT YOU WANT TO DO, WHEN YOU WANT, WITH WHOM YOU WANT, AS MUCH AS YOU WANT.’
Success, in my humble opinion would mean to have total Freedom. To have the Freedom to BE whoever you want to be, the Freedom to DO whatever you want to do and the Freedom to HAVE whatever you desire!
Success is not success if it is not holistic, in every area of your life. A Holistic Success would mean that you are Spiritually Strong, Intellectually Sound, Emotionally Stable and Physically Fit.
Tony employs the Science of Neuro Associative Conditiining (NAC) which does in its core essence differ from Neuro Linguistic Programming (NLP)
NAC is a system that describes the process of change in human beings and is based upon the premise that there are two determining reasons for human behavior:
i. the need to avoid pain and/or
ii. the desire to gain pleasure.
In order for the brain to efficiently evaluate how to rapidly accomplish these two tasks, you must create neuro-associations (associations within the nervous system) that are used to instantly determine the meaning (pain/pleasure) of situations, people, things, sounds, emotions, etc. These neuro-associations are the directing force of all human behavior.
NAC is also a science of success conditioning, so that a person can be conditioned to feel and behave in ways that support their goals, create success and lead them away from behaviors that create limitations or pain.
By changing these neuro-associations, we change the way people evaluate, the way they feel and, therefore, the way people behave.
The implementation of NAC is a 6 step process for change (as listed below)
THE N.A.C. 6 STEPS OF CHANGE
1. Know What You Want
2. Know What is Preventing You From Getting What You Want
3. Interrupt that Pattern or Break the Old Behavior, Remove the Obstacles
4. Choose and Install the New Behavior or Pattern You Want
5. Condition Yourself for the New Behavior or Pattern
6. Do an Ecology Test for the New Behavior to See If You Have Successfully Installed and Conditioned It To Be Your New Automatic Response
i. The BOOKS that you read
What are the Books that you read? They can dramatically change your life.
ii. The PEOPLE that you hang out with
The people that you spend time with can help shape and mould your life forever.
iii. The CHOICES that you make
What are the choices that you make every moment of your life?
Tony says: IT IS IN YOUR MOMENTS OF DECISIONS THAT YOUR DESTINY IS SHAPED!
iv. The ACTIONS that you take
About 15% of the people are willing to make the decisions that would alter or improve the quality of their lives. However only 5% of these people who make the choices will take the action on the choices they make.
Tony says: You must be willing to take MASSIVE action on a daily basis even if it looks like nothing is happening!
And this brings me back to where we started:
WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO TO CHANGE YOUR LIFE?




- Master Coach Dev
CONSCIOUSNESS AWARENESS
WHAT YOU THINK IS THE REALITY, IS THE ILLUSION.
WHAT YOU THINK IS THE ILLUSION, IS THE REALITY.
SCARCITY is an illusion knowingly manufactured by those who manipulate this world. Their objective is to dominate and control all earths’ resources. Since 95% of humanity falls for this scarcity tactic every single time, and has done so for the last 6000 of recorded history, it is a time-tested modus operandi to control humans. And it works!
FROM ABUNDANCE HE TOOK ABUNDANCE
AND ABUNDANCE REMAINED!
ABUNDANCE is the true reality. Awareness is the only way to remove the power of falsehood that is being sold to everyone, everyday and in everyway. Only Awareness and Understanding can remove these illusions that they manufacture.
Only when this Veil of illusion and deceit is fully removed will we fully embrace our true nature – Abundance, which is our birth right.
THE TRUTH
All that has already been taken, a lot more than this still exists!
THE LAW OF ACCELERATING ACCELERATION
Two bodies at rest will begin to move faster and faster towards each other as they begin to get closer and closer to each other due to the pull of gravity.
We are in a in a critical moment in time because the planet is in a state of accelerated awakening. This acceleration will continue to speed up exponentially as we come closer and closer.

MY QUESTION TO YOU
AWARENES IS LIFE. IGNORANCE IS DEATH.
What is the one thing that you are going to do NEW & DIFFERENT as of today so that the truth may be revealed to you, so that you are no longer blinded by these manufactured lies sold to you due to your own IGNORANCE?

Master Coach Dev, periodically, I find myself feeling nervous for no apparent reason, or sometimes for a reason, at which point my mind will create stories to instill fear and worry into my being. My stomach would tighten up and when observed closely, I could feel myself breathing shallowly. It is so easy for me to fall into that state once it starts.
I know if I can just learn how to relax and be calm, I will be OK. How can I be calm in an instant, so that I can kill off this feeling before it gets too strong for me to control it? - MJK, KL
MJK, your mind is very powerful. It is so easy to be unconscious. But if you can be consciously aware that you are in control and that you can switch out of that state in an instant: the instant you decide to feel joy and refuse to believe in your mind created story, which is no longer serving you.
Three powerful questions to ask your self at any point are
Am I breathing slow and deep?
Am I feeling calm, peaceful, tranquil, serene and relaxed?
Am I moving slowly with elegance and grace?
This is a beautifully simple yet very effective technique that works wonders.
The beauty of this technique is that, we can only consciously and fully focus on one thing at a time, and so when you have 3 things to focus on, you will be thinking less of your problems, your worries, your stories and all those non-existent fears!
Since your mind can only focus on one thing at a time, it can only either focus on your prevalent situation or on your breathing, your feelings or on your physical movements.
If you get your mind off those emotions that you do not want, then your mind must, by law, be kept busy focused on that you do want.
It only takes an instant to shift that focus, and onto a brand new sense of being.
May you be at peace with yourself.
‘Service is the rent we pay to occupy this place on earth!’

Hi Master Coach,
I really love your concept about ‘serving’ and that the Purpose of Life is to SERVE! I am so taken in by this concept. I have been thinking of it ever since I first heard it from you.
I have this great desire to help others and to serve humanity, but I can’t seem to decide which cause would be the most meaningful that I could serve and truly make a significant difference in the world.
Please give me some advise so that I may have some clarity on ‘my’ chosen calling to serve.
- Jane
Hi Jane,
You have to find your own calling. No one can tell you what it might be. Each to their own.
Allow me to help you with your search.
1. DETECTING A CAUSE
Are there any particular issues, people, situations, circumstances, conditions, animals, plants, parts of the world, environmental or otherwise that have a soft spot in your heart? Is there any particular issue that moves you emotionally? Is there any issue that you might have personally experienced in your life that you are sensitive about now?
2. GETTING STARTED
Pick any NGO / NPO etc. that supports the cause that you feel emotional or personal about. Find out as much as you can about the organization. Check if a branch exists in your town or country. Start getting involved and become a member. Start volunteering yourself and start getting involved. After a certain period of time, decide how it makes you feel to be involved. Ask yourself if it feels like you are contributing and how that feels like.
3. THE HUNGERLESS PROJECT
If I may be allowed to state my opinion. My grandma used to say that the greatest form of service one can render is to fill an empty stomach. She used to say, once you fill an empty stomach, to them, you are God! I truly agree with her, because no one can remember God on an empty stomach.
4. FACTS ON HUNGER
Below are some rather painful facts. See if this could be something that might interest you, if you are still searching. I believe that this cause would truly make a difference. I can hear you say that you are just one individual, how could you make a difference. But my dear Jane, for the stomach that gets filled by your effort; ask that person if it made a difference to that child?
Hunger Facts
An estimated 963 million people in the world go hungry.
Each year, 3 million under-five children die because they are undernourished.
Far more children live with under nutrition than die from it. For infants and young children, the effects of chronic malnutrition in the early years of life are largely irreversible.
In the United States, 11.7 million children live in households where people have to skip meals or eat less to make ends meet. That means one in ten households in the U.S. are living with hunger or are at risk of hunger.
But we CAN end hunger
We have the means. The financial costs to end hunger are relatively slight. The United Nations Development Program estimates that the basic health and nutrition needs of the world’s poorest people could be met for an additional $13 billion a year. Animal lovers in the United States and Europe spend more than that on pet food each year.
THE QUESTION IS:
WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO TO MAKE A DIFFERENCE?
Hi Master Coach,
How was your trip to Singapore? Can you share any new WOW learning that you had OUTSIDE of UPW? You always teach that the best place to learn is OUTSIDE the classroom.
Luv. Penny
Hi Penny,
Great to hear from you. As always, the world is our best learning ground. A great man once said, ‘I have never met anyone in my life from whom I did not learn something.’
I met some old and some new friends, and lets see if I did indeed learn something from each one of them.

a meeting with the future President of Singapore
The handsome outstanding guy with the bright red turban is Harminderpal Singh (Pal). I met him more than a decade ago while he was still a student at Nanyang University of Singapore.
He was a participant at my infamous EAGLE CAMP in Cameron Highlands (Malaysia). I remember asking each participant what their Dream of the future was. One by one, great glorious Dreams were shared, some inspiring, some extended our Comfort Zones. Then came Pal’s turn. I remember so clearly as if it was yesterday when he, nonchalantly stated, My Dream is to be the President of Singapore’

Pal's Presidential Portrait
There was pin drop silence for about 10 seconds, then the entire hall of over 150 participants roared in uncontrollable laughter. Pal just stood ever so congruently holding his ground. Very soon it dawned on everyone present that he actually meant it. Suddenly it was not so funny anymore.
It is what he said next, that won me over for life. He next proceeded to say that he had a 25 years Plan Of Action towards that end. He ended by saying that he had already achieved phase 1 of his plan. He was a student in Nanyang University where 99% of the students are of Chinese ethnicity, and he (a Punjabi Sikh) was the President of the Student body!
So it was a joyous experience catching up with Pal, as I have not met him in a number of years. And the name card that he gave me went on and on and on with the incredible academic credentials and economic successes that he has secured under his belt.
He taught me a long time ago, ‘DARE TO HAVE AN IMPOSSIBLE DREAM. AND HAVE THE COURAGE TO GO AFTER IT’
I am overjoyed that Pal is going to be working together with Self Mastery Learning Centre as one of our certified Life Coach in Malaysia and in Singapore.
Good Morning Master,

How are you? The 2nd section (Module 2) of Success Warrior was great I learn a lot from the training…..
As always, negative thoughts block my mind & drag me to think about the bad thoughts again, again and again. What can I do to divert my thoughts so that they can bring me more wealth, health and more peace. What type of meditation can I do to always keep my mind aware of what I want.
Thank you very much Master. Take care.
-A H

Hi A H,
Thank you for reaching out to me.
It is normal to fall back into the pool of negative thoughts from time to time. We have entertained these negative thoughts for so many years, that they have become habitual in our life. It takes certain Mind based strategies to be rid of them and to replace them with positive, constructive and meaningful thoughts.
Will Power is good for a short-term goal or target. After awhile it tires and wears out. Will Power is an excellent way to start moving, however once you are on the go, you need to condition that new behavior into your Unconscious Mind so that it now becomes your new and habitual way of operating.
Here are a few suggestions to jump start you

1. Attend all Success Warrior Modules
The Success Warrior is a complete Mind Power 10 Module program that covers the entire success process. Only by attending every Module would you get the complete formula.
Attending each Module will also keep you connected with the philosophy of success and you will be exposed to the Success Mindset on an on going basis, which is essential for it to become a part of your own life’s philosophy.

2. Keep focused on a Success Mindset
Each and everyday, ask your self these 3 Life Transforming Questions
Q1: What am I focusing on right now?
Q2: What does this mean to me?
Q3: What should I do with this experience?

3. Success Community
It is paramount that you hang out with people who have similar Goals and Dreams as you, those who want to be a success as you do. Those who talk and do those things that lead to success.
My teacher Bob Proctor used to say, “Show me who your friends are, and I will tell you who you are!”

4. Daily Activity
i. Fix your goal for the week / month.
ii. Determine your EXACT daily activity.
iii. Do exactly what needs to be done on a daily basis even though it may look like nothing is happening.

5. Meditation
As you know we teach CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION, which is a non-religious, scientific based meditation, I suggest you attend it the next time we run it. It is a 4 days program, run over 2 weekends. We just completed the last one for the year last 2 weekends ago. Please check with my office for the up coming session.
Meanwhile, I will give you an exercise that might help you.
i. Sit in a quite undisturbed place for 15 minutes. You may set a time for indication.
ii. Focus on your breath and begin to breathe with a 4-4-4-4 count. That means you inhale at a count of 4, you then hold your breath for a count of 4, exhale at a count of 4 and then hold at a count of 4. Keep repeating this routine for 15 minutes.
iii. Do this exercise at least twice a day (3 times if you can). Repeat this for the next 30 days.
iv. When you are outside and are unable to sit undisturbed, just go about your daily activity and just do a 4-4 breath count (inhale at a count of 4 and exhale at a count of 4). On each inhalation, say the words: CALM, PEACEFUL, TRANQUIL, SERENE. (hence, you are using these 4 words to do your 4 count instead of using numbers to count). You will begin to see amazing results in just 3 weeks. Your power of Focus will be excellent.
I hope these pointers will be helpful in your coming weeks as you install within you a new model of success. Please practice them daily. I know there will be a struggle at the start, but keep with it.
I know you WILL reach your Goals and Dreams. We have seen thousands of our participants go beyond their expectations by persistently following these principles.
Till we meet again.
My name is Dev, and I am a SUCCESS WARRIOR!
Hi Master Coach Dev
I feel really sad that I could not make it for your CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION (CBM) class last month. I had a personal life crisis that I had to handle. Please let me know when is your next session.
Lately I feel my sexual energy is low, and it affects my physical, emotional and mental energy. I know, once I learn the simple, step-by-step CBM techniques, I will be able to completely heal.
Master can you give me an intermediate technique that I might use until I attend your full CBM session.
I look forward to your reply, so I may not have to continue suffering the way I have the last several months.
My love and prayers to you and your sacred mission.
Prya.

Hi PRYA,
Thank you for your painful mail. As you have correctly stated, you will need to attend the full 4 days session of CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION (CBM) to learn the complete set of exercises to align your Spiritual, Mental, Emotional and Physical Energies to create the balance essential for optimum functioning of the self.
However, as per your request, I will offer an intermediate exercise you could practice until I meet you face to face in the next CBM session. Please note that this is an advance CBM technique with its essence in Tantric Yoga. However since CBM is not part of Tantric Yoga, the exercise I offer is only a variation of what one might learn in Tantric Yoga to raise sexual energy.
Creative Breath Meditation to Raise Sexual Energy
In Chapter 10 of THINK AND GROW RICH, the author; Napoleon Hill speaks of the Transmutation of Sexual Energy. He states that since Energy is the basic core of the Universe, hence, the human being is nothing but Energy. As we all know Energy cannot be created or destroyed but it can change its form.
The most basic form of Energy in human is Sexual Energy. When we meditate, align our charkas, balance our energies; there is a surge in the rise of Sexual Energy. The first energy that the body generates is Sexual Energy. Since survival is the basic instinct in humans, for the survival of the species Sexual Energy is the first Energy the body generates. However, as Hill states, Energy can be transmuted into other forms. As such, by first generating Sexual Energy, it can then be transmuted into other forms, i.e. creativity, problem solving, artistry, music, business, persistence, will power, emotional stability, physical ability, spirituality, intellectual capacity etc.
We now know that sexual energy is the most concentrated form of biochemical energy in the human body. It is a form of energy that can be used for physical wellbeing by aligning the Spiritual, Mental, Emotional and Physical Energy of the body, as well as for the evolution of consciousness. The primary purpose of this CMB exercise is to raise the vibration of this profound multi-purpose transmutable energy to help you with your Spiritual, Mental, Emotional and Physical growth.
A variation of this exercise is a core technique used in Kundalini Tantra, which is designed specifically for raising the vibration of sexual energy and stimulating kundalini directly.
This is a very powerful exercise for the transmutation of sexual energy and the stimulation of kundalini shakti (energy). Although we are not going to be doing a Tantric exercise, it still combines several key aspects of Kundalini Tantra to bestow its numerous benefits.
Allow me to give you an understanding of how this terrific technique works.

1. This exercise directly stimulates the kundalini (potential energy stored at the base of the spine) and aligns all the 7 Chakras and balances the Ying and Yang (male and female energies).
2. We shall be using the 4-4-4-4 breath count. You will inhale at a count of 4, hold your breath at a count of 4, exhale at a count of 4 and hold your breath at a count of 4 again. You will keep repeating this breath count through out the entire exercise. Do this in the morning just as you arise and the last thing you do at night before going to bed. I suggest you start with a 15 minutes session each time, until which time you can prolong your sessions.
2. The vibrations of the 4-4-4-4 breath count will activate the sleeping energy at the base of the spine and ignite the energies of the 7 Chakras until they are all in complete balance each with the other.
3. The physical posture and movements of this exercise will increase the strength of your sexual energy. The various movements will also direct the sexual energy upwards so that it can be used by your higher centers and to channel the sexual energy upwards to be used for spiritual, mental, emotional and physical equilibrium.

Benefits of this exercise:
Raising Sexual Energy exercise poses

FRONTAL VIEW (Fig 1)

SIDE POSE (Fig 2)

HAND POSTURE (Fig 3)
Guided Exercise to Raise Sexual Energy
1. Sit in rock pose. Rock pose means to sit back on your heels with your back straight. (Fig 1 & Fig 2)
2. Stretch your arms straight up such that the upper arms are hugging your ears. The elbows should be straight. Clasp your hands together, such that all your fingers are interlaced, except for the index finger of each hand. The index fingers are pointed straight up and pressed together (Fig 3)
3. Elongate your spine upwards, lengthen your neck and subtly bring your chin back and in, like a soldier at attention. This will align the spine with the back of your head.
4. Now begin your 4-4-4-4 breath counts. Inhale at a count of 4, hold your breath at a count of 4, exhale at a count of 4 and hold your breath at a count of 4 again. Repeat this breath count through out the entire duration of this exercise.
5. Do this first thing in the morning and the last thing before going to bed at night. I suggest you start with a 15 minutes session each time, until which time you can prolong your sessions to a maximum of 90 minutes. It will get easier after awhile when you find your rhythm.
6. To end, inhale deeply at a count of 8 and apply root lock, diaphragm lock and neck lock with your breath held in. (Root lock is the contraction of the rectum, sex organ and lower navel. Diaphragm lock is pulling up and in of the diaphragm. The Neck lock is to pull the neck muscles back while tucking the chin in and back slightly.) As you apply all three locks, visualize energy being propelled up the spine and into your brain. You may repeat the application of triple lock as above 2 more times if you like.
7. After completing this exercise you must rest (preferably on your back in a Star Position) for a time equal to that spent doing this technique

If you are interested in more CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION exercises, please get in touch with SELF MASTERY LERANING CENTRE by calling Jaq 016 – 221 6708 or via email to Jaq@selfmastery.com.my
Note
PRYA, for an optional exercise (if you are into Yoga), please look up Sat Kriya for a variation of this exercise. As you will discover, this is a very powerful Kundalini Tantra Yoga, Tantric Techique to Raise Sexual Energy.

Master Coach Dev,
I want to thank you for making such an impact in my Personal and Professional life through your teachings.
I was sharing with my friend about your teachings. He told me that what you teach is very similar to what Dr. Wayne Dyer teaches.
I am not familiar with his work. Could you please give me some information about him so that I may go seek his works.
Thank you Master.
Nina, KL
Hi NINA
Wayne W. Dyer, Ph.D. is a recognized leader in the field of self-development. He is a popular lecturer, psychotherapist and best-selling author.
An award-winning speaker, he was elected to the International Speakers Hall of Fame and awarded the prestigious Golden Gavel Award from Toastmasters International.
Dr. Wayne Dyer is one of my all time favorite speaker, author and role model. He is one of the most remarkable person that I know of. I often say that if he were in India, he would have been proclaimed a ‘sadhu’, a modern day yogi, sage, guru or even a saint!
I want to introduce you to the World of Wayne Dyer through his work. As such, I am asking you to meditate on a quote a day by Wayne Dyer for the next 30 days. You might then begin to see in him what I see in him.
DAY 1
All blame is a waste of time. No matter how much fault you find with another and regardless of how much you blame him, it will not change you. The only thing blame does is to keep the focus off you when you are looking for external reasons to explain your unhappiness or frustration. You may succeed in making another feel guilty about something by blaming him, but you won’t succeed in changing whatever it is about you that is making you unhappy.
DAY 2
People you want the most approval get the least and people who need approval the least get the most.
DAY 3
We are divine enough to ask and we are important enough to receive.
DAY 4
Everything is perfect in the universe – even your desire to improve it.

DAY 5
Love is the ability and willingness to allow those that you care for to be what they choose for themselves, without any insistence that they satisfy you.
DAY 6
I will grow. I will become something new and grand, but no grander than I now am. Just as the sky will be different in a few hours, its present perfection and completeness is not deficient. So am I presently perfect and not deficient because I will be different tomorrow. I will grow and I am not deficient.
DAY 7
A mind at peace, a mind centered and not focused on harming others, is stronger than any physical force in the universe.
DAY 8
There’s no scarcity of opportunity to make a living at what you love. There is only a scarcity of resolve to make it happen.
DAY 9
Transformation literally means going beyond your form
DAY 10
If I could define enlightenment briefly, I would say it is ‘the quiet acceptance of what is’
DAY 11
How people treat you is their karma; how you react is yours
DAY 12
When you squeeze an orange, orange juice comes out – because that’s what’s inside. When you are squeezed, what comes out is what is inside.
DAY 13
When you judge another you do not define them, you define yourself
DAY 14
Abundance is not something we acquire. It is something we tune into
DAY 15
Successful people make money. It’s not that people who make money become successful, but that successful people attract money. They bring success to what they do.
DAY 16
You can never get enough of what you don’t want
DAY 17
Anything that has been accomplished by any other human being in the physical realm is within the field of possibility.
DAY 18
Be miserable. Or motivate yourself. Whatever has to be done, it’s always your choice
DAY 19
Real magic in relationships means an absence of judgment of others.
DAY 20
Our lives are a sum total of the choices we have made

DAY 21
Relationships based on obligation lack dignity
DAY 22
It is impossible for you to be angry and laugh at the same time. Anger and laughter are mutually exclusive and you have the power to choose either.
DAY 23
Self-worth comes from one thing – thinking that you are worthy
DAY 24
It’s never crowded along the extra mile
DAY 25
‘Heaven on Earth’ is a choice you must make, not a place we must find
DAY 26
You cannot be lonely if you like the person you’re along with
DAY 27
Procrastination is the art of keeping up with yester day and avoiding today
DAY 28
Present moment living, getting in touch with your ‘now’, is at the heart of effective living. When you think about it, there really is no other moment you can live. Now is all there is, and the future is just another present moment to live when it arrives. One thing is certain: you cannot live it until it does appear
Did you ever notice how difficult it is to argue with someone who is not obsessed with being right?
DAY 30
You are not a human being having a spiritual experience, you are a spiritual being having a human experience.
WHO IS WAYNE DYER
Wayne Dyer is a best-selling author, motivational speaker, therapist and self-help guru. Dyer’s early life was spent in foster homes and orphanages, where he had to learn to be self-reliant. This troubled upbringing influenced Dyer’s choices later in life. As a young man, he joined the Navy and served for four years. After leaving the Navy, he went to study at Wayne State University, Detroit, at the age of 22. Dyer then began his career as an educator and taught students from the high school level to medical college. Dyer went on to receive his Doctorate in counseling psychology from the University of Michigan and Wayne State University. Dr. Wayne Dyer has 8 children. He has transformed millions of lives through his writings and speeches.
Hi Master Dev,
My son is a Harvard graduate (with a PhD) and has a successful career. Somehow he does not seem happy, in fact he has told me that he is rather disappointed and bitter about life.
He also sometimes behaves like an uneducated person. I am baffled as he is so well educated from the finest education system that this world has to offer.
I have been in your Mind courses and you come across as someone who is very well versed in the workings of the mind. I look to you to shed some light on this issue. It would help me cope with his condition better and also allow me to help him in some way.
Michael KSK, Penang.
Hi Michael,
Your son maybe ‘educated’ in the normal accepted sense of the world. So the first thing that you need to understand is the definition of education itself. And you may wonder, if your son is truly, so called ‘educated’?
DEFINTION OF EDUCATION.
John Ruskins said, ‘EDUCATION DOES NOT mean TEACHING PEOPLE WHAT THEY DO NOT KNOW. EDUCATION MEANS TEACHING PEOPLE TO BEHAVE AS THEY DO NOT BEHAVE ’.
In other words, Education means teaching people to THINK, FEEL and ACT as they do not THINK, FEEL and ACT.
Michael, there are 3 tests to determine if one is truly educated. You know your son, I suggest you run these 3 test against him sincerely, honestly and truthfully to see what they reveal.
Please see below the 3 tests and I have added some questions under each test for your evaluation. Feel free to add further questions under each test to give yourself an even greater clarity.
Michael, I suggest after you run these tests to evaluate your son, I suggest you do the same for yourself. You might be aptly amazed what they might reveal about you.
THE 3 TESTS OF AN EDUCATED PERSON
i. Can I Entertain a New Idea?
ii. Can I Entertain Another Person?
iii. Can I Entertain Myself?
CAN I ENTERTAIN A NEW IDEA
Q1: Can I Entertain a New Idea?
Q2: Can I entertain an idea different from what I have believed all my life?
Q3: Am I willing to put MY idea aside if I am presented with one that is better than mine?
Q4: Am I willing to accept this idea, as it conflicts with my beliefs?
Q5: Will I reject a (any) new idea tossed my way simply because it is new and different?
Q6: Will I rationalize, intellectualize, analyze, synthesize, dissect, operate, use logic or reason, abuse any and every excuse; then dismiss every new idea thrown my way?
Q7: Am I willing to put aside judgment, intolerance, superstition, prejudices and knowledge to give this idea a chance; with an open mind?
Q8: Am I always only evaluating the other person to see how much they knows, so I can judge and find fault with them?
Q9: Am I here only a gatherer of information so I can teach others ? (this stuff is not for me)
Q10: Ahhh! I know it all – I don’t need this! (It’s the same old stuff)
Or…….
Q11: Will this idea help me to get to where I want to be?
CAN I ENTERTAIN ANOTHER PERSON
Q1: Do I reach out first to another person?
Q2: Am I comfortable to reach out to strangers?
Q3: Do I reach out to someone even though they look different from me, have different views from me, are of a different sex, of a different race, color, creed, religion or nationality?
Q4: Am I able to tolerate people holding a differing political, religious and social view from me?
CAN I ENTERTAIN MYSELF
Q1: Do I spend time alone to reflect on my life?
Q2: Do I take time at periodic intervals to ask, reflect, evaluate and identify issues that are important in my life?
Q3: Do I have a plan that I evaluate from time to time and update with regards to improving the quality of my life?
Q4: Do I live a balanced Spiritual, Mental, Emotional and Physical Life?
Q5: Do I pay equal emphasis on my Financial, Family, Career and Social / Community Life?
Q6: Do I have a short term, mid term and long term plan of action for all areas of my life to have a balanced and fulfilling life?
Michael, some people have told me that the honest answering of these questions scared the hell out of them. Others have told that they found out more about their true nature from this one test than what they had dared admit about themselves all their life long.
Please let me know how it turns out with your son. But more interestingly, let me know how it turned out for YOU? Maybe the problem was never with your son. Maybe it was with you all along!!!
If you are interested to know more about the workings of your Unconscious Mind, or how you can work with Mind Power, please get in touch with SELF MASTERY LERANING CENTRE by calling Jaq 016 – 221 6708 or via email to Jaq@selfmastery.com.my

Master Coach Dev,
This is Jennie. You may not know me, but I seem to know you very well from one of my work colleagues who never stops talking about how your SUCCESS WARRIOR INTENSIVE seminar that she attended some time back changed her life.
She often shares with me the mind power principles that you taught her. Some of the techniques and ideas seem too unbelievable to be true at first, but the fact remains that they work.
I have seen such tremendous change in both her Personal and Professional Life. I will surely be attending your next Success Warrior Intensive seminar.
I have a question to ask you. Why do I sometimes get success and sometimes I don’t? Why can’t I be successful all the time in everything that I do? Most importantly, I want to know why at times I give up or quit when the going gets tough?
Thank you and I look forward to meeting you face to face in your next Success Warrior Intensive seminar.
Jennie
Hi Jennie,
Thank you for your interesting question. As a matter of fact I often get questions of a similar nature with minor variations, but they always mean to ask the same basic question: why cannot all people be successful at times in all things?
Jennie, there are a number of reasons. Let me give you what I think are the two major reasons. I call them THE TWIN PILLARS OF SUCCESS.
THE TWIN PILLARS OF SUCCESS
PILLAR 1: REASONS
Once you know WHAT it is that you truly want, you need to be absolutely clear as to WHY you want whatever it is that you want.
Instead, most people focus on the HOW. They start by asking themselves, HOW can I achieve this? And if they don’t know the how, they quit. Most won’t even bother attempting.
The irony is, if you did know the HOW, you would already have achieved whatever it is that you seek. So it is obvious that you don’t know the HOW to get whatever it is that you seek.
The truth is, you don’t need to know the HOW. You just need to be crystal clear as to WHAT you want and have a very powerful WHY you must have it.
In Think and Grow Rich, he author Napoleon Hill said; “You only need to know the WHAT and the WHY. The HOW will be given to you by a power greater than you!”
Yes that’s absolutely right. In the SUCCESS WARRIOR INTENSIVE (SWI) we teach that you make the Decision and the power will make the Provision because we are co-creators. In other words, your Conscious Mind makes the Decision and your Unconscious Mind makes the Provision.
So really, you don’t need to know the HOW. If you work with the Laws of the Universe, you will be working with a Lawful Process. And that means, the HOW is in the domain of the Universe. It’s not for you to know. Your reward lays in your believe in the Universe to deliver you the HOW.
The likelihood of achieving any goal or dream lays in the strength of your WHY. The stronger and more intense your WHY, the higher your rate of success.
There are 3 types of Reasons
i. VERY EMOTIONAL REASONS
Let your reasons be very emotional and personal. The more emotional they are, the more emotional intensity and power they will have.
ii. VERY BIG REASONS
If you don’t have very emotional reasons, then I suggest you have very big reasons. Sometimes all one needs is one very big reason to give it enough power.
iii. A LOT OF REASONS
Now, if you say, “I don’t have very emotional or very big reasons.” Then I say to you; “Just have a lot of small reasons.” That should do the trick just as well.
I must add one more pointer to help you with the reasons. I suggest you have a combination of all 3 reasons. Let some of your reasons be very emotional, some very big, and a number of small ones. Combined, that should give you a strong enough WHY to go for any goal or dream, large or small.
In a nutshell, here is your Lawful Process
Step 1: State the Goal or Dream
Step 2: State the dateline when you must have it
Step 3: Write down your WHYs
Step 4: Each time you feel like quitting, read your WHYs list. If that does not move you emotionally, review and edit your WHYs list because it lacks the power to move you across whatever obstacle you are facing.
Step 5: If it still does not work, then you probably need a Life Coach to help you through the process. (You may call my office so we can put you in touch with a competent certified Life Coach)
We run The BLUEPRINT FOR LIFE, which is a complete Goal Setting and Goal Manifestation process covering all 8 areas of life for a balanced life. Please get in touch with my office if you would like to participate in this program.
***NOTE
In my next Blog posting I shall talk about THE SECOND PILLAR OF SUCCESS. Stay posted.
Master Coach Dev,
This is Jennie. You may not know me, but I seem to know you very well from one of my work colleague who never stops talking about how your SUCCESS WARRIOR INTENSIVE seminar that she attended some time back changed her life.
She often shares with me the mind power principles that you taught her. Some of the techniques and ideas seem too unbelievable to be true at first, but the fact remains that they work.
I have seen such tremendous change in both her Personal and Professional Life. I will surely be attending your next Success Warrior Intensive seminar.
I have a question to ask you. Why do I sometimes get success and sometimes I don’t? Why can’t I be successful all the time in everything that I do? Most importantly, I want to know why at times I give up or quit when the going gets tough?
Thank you and I look forward to meeting you face to face in your next Success Warrior Intensive seminar.
Jennie
Jennie,
The second Pillar Of Success is being WILLING TO BURN ALL YOUR BRIDGES.
Most people never succeed or are never able to sustain any level of success for any significant period of time because they have an alternate option, they have an ever ready Escape Hatch (plan B), if whatever it is that they are going for does not work.
OBSTACLES, RISKS AND DEMANDS
If the mind is given an option, it always takes the easier option. As you move towards your Goals and Dreams, you will surely meet with Obstacles. There will be a lot of Risks involved. There will be a lot of Demands on you. No matter how much Will Power you employ, you will ultimately come face to face with what is termed as the Fear Barrier or the Terror Barrier.
When you are hit by these Risks and Demands, and are confronted by the Fear / Terror Barrier, your mind will begin to offer you (easier) Options. 80% of all people going for success will succumb to the Fear / Terror Barrier and will be tempted to take the Escape Hatch. The Mind will always take the route of least resistance. The mind when offered with an easier way out, will always take you back to your Safety Zone, your Comfort Zone, your Mental Prison.
Only 20% of the people will break through the Fear / Terror Barrier and achieve their Goal or Dream.
I have seen this consistently over the last 17 years working with people from all walks of life.
Jennie, you had asked me why this happens to you. Well, this happens to all the people at one time another.
THE BIGGER THE GOAL, THE BIGGER THE OBSTACLES
You asked me why does this happen. It happens simply because:
i. When the going gets tough and there seems to be an easier option out, the mind will ALWAYS take the easier option, back into the Safety Zone, the Comfort Zone; your Mental Prison.
ii. So long as there are other bridges (options) available, the mind will always find one.
iii. You have to burn ALL your bridges, so that you have no other option, so this becomes your do or die.
iv. If you focus and see only your Goal, you will not see the Obstacle, even though there are bound to be obstacles.
v. So long as the Obstacle looks bigger than your Goal, you will only see the Obstacle and not the Goal
vi. The bigger the Goal, the bigger the Obstacles are going to be. The question is, what are you focusing on – your Goal or the Obstacle?
I want to tell an event that took place in my life in August 2003 to illustrate this point. I never ever forgot the lesson that I learned from that event.
As many of my close friends know, I am a very big Wrestling fan! (YES I KNOW IT IS NOT REAL!!!). I live in Melawati, and there is no television reception and I do not subscribe to Astro (there, now you all know my secret). I only get TV3, and all the other TV channels are a blur. So, technically I only watch 1 hour of TV a week. Yes, Thursdays from 11.000pm to 12 midnight. And yes again, its WWE time. And let me tell you another secret, please do not bother calling me during WWE time, my phone goes on silent mode!!! Hahahaha!!!
Now that you get my drift, on with the power pack learning that I got on that fateful August day.
It was August 15th, 2003. I was running the BORN RICH seminar in Singapore. I usually sleep around 9pm during class days and awaken anytime from 2am to 4am. But on this day, I remember so clearly it was WWE with RAW Pay-Per-View, WWE Unforgiven (I know this sounds like meaningless garbage to you non WWE fans).
I could not let this opportunity pass. I had to watch it as I know I could never see this is at home in Melawati.
The pay-per-view started around midnight Singapore time, and it usually lasts about 2 to 3 hours of pure WWE orgasmic entertainment! This meant that it would end around 2 or 3AM (which is the time I should be getting up, not going to bed). I was in a dilemma, but how could I let this once in a life-time opportunity pass? How could I call myself a WWE fan if I was not willing to sacrifice for this? How would I ever be able to live with such betrayal?
Sometimes, a man has to do what he has to do. The decision was made. I was going to sit through the whole thing even if it meant falling asleep in class right in front of everybody tomorrow.
And of course, the main bout would have to be the last fight. This happened to be a classic fight between Bil Goldberg and the then WWE champion Triple H (if you have no idea who these people are, for God’s sake go GOOGLE them). And this fight only came on around 2AM.
The organizer of the seminar came to the TV room every half hour to get me to go to sleep. The organizer would be answerable to the participants if I feel asleep right in the middle of class.
But I insisted that I would only sleep after the final fight. The organizer wanted to know what was there any sane person could ever hope to learn from watching WWE.
Well, what I learned that night is what I want to share with you, because that changed something for me forever. No one had ever been able to put the point that I learned that night to me in any clearer terms.
Allow me to tell you now what I learned, which I wish will become your major learning point too.
After competing in the hellacious ‘Elimination Chamber’ match at WWE SummerSlam, Bil Goldberg challenged the then World Heavyweight Champion Triple H to a title match at the next RAW Pay-Per-View, WWE Unforgiven (the event I was watching that night).
Triple H was the current World Heavyweight Champion. Goldberg challenged him to a title match, meaning, if Goldberg won he would become the new World Heavyweight Champion and would get the World Heavyweight Championship belt.
There was no reason for Triple H to fight Goldberg because he had already beaten Goldberg 3 times in a row in the months leading up to this event. Triple H had nothing to prove. Triple H had nothing to gain, but everything to lose should he lose the fight.
So Triple H threw Goldberg a challenge to have Goldberg risk something as well. Triple H said he would put his World Heavyweight Championship belt on the line if Goldberg would be willing to put his career on the line for this opportunity. This meant that if Triple H lost, he would give up his belt to Goldberg. But if Goldberg lost, he would have to retire from WWE.
Without a hesitation, Goldberg accepted the offer of the stipulation laid out by Triple H.
And this is the fight that I anxiously waited to watch.
WOW, I though to myself, what kind of man would be willing to put his career on the line to have an opportunity to win the belt? He was going for bust. All or nothing!
In life only those who are willing to take the Risks and face the Demands, overcome the Fear Barrier.
So Jennie, if you want to succeed every single time
i. YOU MUST BE WILLING TO DO WHATEVER IT TAKES!
ii. You must burn ALL your bridges.
iii. You must leave no other option for yourself. As they say, failure is not an option!
And if you are wondering what was to be the fate of Goldberg that evening. Well, since he was willing to give everything to get what he wanted, he did reign triumph that day and with the belt held high amongst the 55,000 crowd, he was declared the World Heavyweight Champion!
That night he went from nothing to everything simply because he was willing to do whatever it took!
And as for the poor organizer who lost sleep wondering if I would make it to class the next day and complaining over and over again how wrestling could ever teach anyone anything productive, I had a surprise in store.

I had one of my best starts to a class that morning. I stared the class by telling the story of how Bil Goldberg became the World Heavyweight Champion because he was willing to BURN ALL HIS BRIDGES!
I thought you can’t learn anything from wrestling?
Need I say more?
Hi Master Coach Dev,
I just went through an emotional personal experience that brought me face to face with reality.
It made me sit up and ask myself what life is really all about.
In retrospection, all I see is me going though pointless stages in my life as if dictated by some unseen force.
As I came out of this deep introspection, I seem to have connected with a Higher Purpose. I wish to dedicate the remainder of my life to helping others and to help make this world a better place. There are so many people out there who need help and I feel it deep in my heart that I am ready for this mission.
I have no special skills and I don’t even know what is the first thing I need to do to move towards this direction.
Please advise.
Peter White
Gold Coast, Australia
Hi Peter,
WHAT YOU THINK IS THE REALITY IS THE ILLUSION.
WHAT YOU THINK IS THE ILLUSION IS THE REALITY!
I must congratulate you for becoming the select 5% of the population of earth who have awakened from the dream like state of going through the motions, tip-toeing through life, hoping to make it safely to death!
As you very aptly stated, there must be; and there indeed is a Higher Purpose to life than just going through the stages of life. A wise man once said, ‘WHAT YOU THINK IS THE REALITY IS THE ILLUSION, AND WHAT YOU THINK IS THE ILLUSION IS THE REALITY!’
Yes indeed, you are like the many people I have met along my journey of Coaching and Training. I have had the fortunate to meet many like you who suddenly wake up from the dream and decide to dedicate your life to serving mankind but have no idea what or how to go about it.
Most of them awoke due to a tragedy or a crisis in their life or that of a loved one. Very few however came to that realization due to Self Awareness. Nevertheless, it still puts you in a very small bracket of humanity who is finally ready for what you were sent here on earth – TO SERVE!
SERVICE IS THE RENT YOU PAY
TO OCCUPY THIS SPACE ON EARTH!
There are many ways that you could serve. You could serve by volunteering your time, your expertise or specialty, your energy or physical self, your money, your emotional, political or spiritual support, or even the sacrifice of your life for your cause.
You could do this as an individual or as a team. You could start your own one man or neighborhood organization or join an existing national or even international Non Profit Organization or a Non Governmental Organization.
However, the one thing I must ask you to consider is this: you could serve one person at a time or you could teach others to contribute towards your cause so through them your course could have more far more reaching consequences than you could as an individual.
Such a course would be one of EDUCATION or RE-EDUCATION of the masses. The idea is to educate others so that they can over time do the same, passing that track on forward. Thus, reaching hundreds of thousands, if not millions of people!
Since you asked me for my advice. Allow me to suggest a starting point for you (since you claim you have no special skills or direction to start with).
THE PURPOSE OF LIFE IS TO SERVE
THE PURPOSE OF LIFE
Let us first look at the PURPOSE OF LIFE. My friend, life is about SERVING. Life is about making this world a little better for you and I, and for all our future generations to come, who will never know you and whom you will never know. But through your serving, you would have touched them. Life is about Touching the Future. Life is about Touching Lives. Life is about leaving this world a little better than when we found it. Life is about Healing the World! Life is about leaving a legacy through serving!
THE PURPOSE TOOL
LIFE COACHING is the second fastest growing business on earth. And Life Coaching is probably one of the most significant instruments for serving and to live out your Life Purpose.
Could it then be true that there is a mass awakening of humanity to serve?
It can be done at your own free time and does not take you away from your work, family and social routine. You could do it for a fee or as your contribution.
WHY LIFE COACHING AS A TOOL TO SERVE
You can begin TOUCHING LIVES & Live your Life on PURPOSE by becoming a Success LIFE COACH or a certified Trainer.
– Do YOU have an Intense Desire to EMPOWER People?
– Do you want to live your LIFE PURPOSE to SERVE?
– Do you want to feel the deep sense of fulfillment for being a part of someone’s Success?
YOU CAN EARN UP TO RM500 per hour by being a LIFE COACH to help someone SUCCEED!
*Special double CERTIFICATION by Bob Proctor’s ONLY Master COACH DEV* who has 15 over years of experience helping individuals move into Training & Life Coaching!
*Train-the-Life Coach* Certification
[31 Oct - 3 Nov 2009]
– Learn how to facilitate Goal Setting in ALL 8 Areas of Life.
– How to install the Vision of a GOAL into the Unconscious MIND.
– Understand the workings of the 11 Laws of the MIND.
– Learn HOW to work with the 7 Universal Laws for GOAL ACHIEVEMENT.
– How to remove Mental Blocks holding back one’s SUCCESS.
*Train-the-Trainer* Certification
[12 - 14 Dec, 19 - 21 Dec 2009]
Be Certified to teach a Program based on the World Famous BORN RICH Program by Bob Proctor!
– Learn how you can teach Bob Proctor’s Amazing Stickman Concept on How the MIND Works.
– How you can do LIVE Programming to large groups to achieve Permanent Transformation!
– How to train with the latest Accelerated Learning Techniques that will put you in the TOP 10% of the Trainer’s League in Asia!
– Learn the LATEST Marketing & Positioning Strategies that will guarantee you Residual Income as a Trainer!
*Who should attend*
1. Trainers who want to become TOP 10% in Asia.
2. MLM, Insurance Leaders who want to be equipped with Life Coaching Skills to better coach your Team.
3. Aspiring Trainers or Life Coaches who desire to make a DIFFERENCE!
4. Current Trainers looking for a BREAKTHROUGH.
If you are interested to know more about LIFE COACHING or TRAIN THE TRAINER, please get in touch with SELF MASTERY LERANING CENTRE by calling Jaq 016 – 221 6708 or via email to Jaq@selfmastery.com.my
I often talk about THE SECRET in my training sessions, partly because we have been teaching the 7 Universal Laws over the last 17 years. Since these Laws are referred to in THE SECRET, I often ask my participants to view THE SECRET DVD or read the book for a better understanding of the working of these Laws.
I also very proudly point out that the main teacher in THE SECRET is my Teacher Bob Proctor, with whom I have had the great privilege and honor to work with over the last 17 years.
Over the last 3 years a number of my participants from my training sessions have been asking me to give them a summary of THE SECRET.
Below is a brief about THE SECRET and I have attached with this Blog posting 100 QUOTES FROM THE SECRET.
I Hope you find them helpful in getting a grasp of the key concepts in THE SECRET.
THE SECRET: AN OVERVIEW
The Secret is a best-selling 2006 self-help and spirituality book written by Rhonda Byrne. A film based on the book was released before the book in DVD format. The tenet of the book is that an individual’s focused thoughts can result in life-changing results such as increased wealth, health, happiness and more. The book was featured in two episodes of Oprah. It reached the top of the New York Times bestseller list and the film based on the book reached #1 on the sales charts on Amazon.com.
The film is largely influenced by Wallace D. Wattles’ 1910 book The Science of Getting Rich.
The Secret is a book that presents what is claimed to be a centuries-old idea, the Law of Attraction, which in essence is the power of an individual’s thoughts to change and influence outcomes in their lives.

The book claims that by using the “Laws of Attraction”, an individual can become Wealthier, Healthier, and Happier. The “Laws of Attraction” are the “secret” that the title of the book suggests to the reader. The book claims that the secrets outlined in the book have been known by famous and influential people for centuries, but that they have conspired to keep these secrets hidden from the general public for their own benefit.
The Secret is described as a self-help book, with the basis of the claims of the “Laws of Attraction” originate through understanding the cosmos and how an individual can influence it for their own personal gain and benefit.
100 QUOTES FROM THE SECRET
1. We all work with one infinite power.
2. The Secret is the Law of Attraction (LOA).
3. Whatever is going on in your mind is what you are attracting.
4. We are like magnets – like attract like. You become AND attract what you think.
5. Every thought has a frequency. Thoughts send out a magnetic energy.
6. People think about what they don’t want and attract more of the same.
7. Thought = creation. If these thoughts are attached to powerful emotions (good or bad) that speeds the creation.
8. You attract your dominant thoughts.
9. Those who speak most of illness have illness, those who speak most of prosperity have it.
10. It’s not “wishful” thinking.
11. You can’t have a universe without the mind entering into it.
12. Choose your thoughts carefully … you are a masterpiece of your life.
13. It’s OK that thoughts don’t manifest into reality immediately (if we saw a picture of an elephant and it instantly appeared, that would be too soon).
14. EVERYTHING in your life you have attracted … accept that fact … it’s true.
15. Your thoughts cause your feelings.
16. We don’t need to complicate all the “reasons” behind our emotions. It’s much simpler than that. Two categories … good feelings, bad feelings.
17. Thoughts that bring about good feelings mean you are on the right track. Thoughts that bring about bad feelings means you are not on the right track.
18. Whatever it is you are feeling is a perfect reflection of what is in the process of becoming.
19. You get exactly what you are FEELING.
20. Happy feelings will attract more happy circumstances.
21. You can begin feeling whatever you want (even if it’s not there)… the universe will correspond to the nature of your song.
22. What you focus on with your thought and feeling is what you attract into your experience.
23. What you think and what you feel and what actually manifests is ALWAYS a match – no exception.
24. Shift your awareness.
25. “You create your own universe as you go along” Winston Churchill.
26. It’s important to feel good ( ( ( (((good))) ) ) ).
27. You can change your emotion immediately … by thinking of something joyful, or singing a song, or remembering a happy experience.
28. When you get the hang of this, before you know it you will KNOW you are the creator.
29. Life can and should be phenomenal … and it will be when you consciously apply the Law of Attraction.
30. Universe will re-arrange itself accordingly.
31. Start by using this sentence for all of your wants: “I’m so happy and grateful now that…. “
32. You don’t need to know HOW the universe is going to rearrange itself.
33. LOA is simply figuring out for yourself what will generate the positive feelings of having it NOW.
34. You might get an inspired thought or idea to help you move towards what you want faster.
35. The universe likes SPEED. Don’t delay, don’t second-guess, don’t doubt.
36. When the opportunity or impulse is there … ACT.
37. You will attract everything you require – money, people, connections… PAY ATTENTION to what’s being set in front of you.
38. You can start with nothing … and out of nothing or no way – a WAY will be provided.
39. HOW LONG??? No rules on time … the more aligned you are with positive feelings the quicker things happen.
40. Size is nothing to the universe (unlimited abundance if that’s what you wish). We make the rules on size and time.
41. No rules according to the universe … you provide the feelings of having it now and the universe will respond.
42. Most people offer the majority of their thought in response to what they are observing (bills in the mail, being late, having bad luck).
43. You have to find a different approach to what is through a different vantage point.
44. “All that we are is a result of what we have thought” – Buddha.
45. What can you do right now to turn your life around?? Gratitude.
46. Gratitude will bring more into our lives immediately.
47. What we think about and THANK about is what we bring about.
48. What are the things you are grateful for?? Feel the gratitude… focus on what you have right now that you are grateful for.
49. Play the picture in your mind – focus on the end result.
50. VISUALIZE!!! Rehearse your future.
51. VISUALIZE!!! See it, feel it! This is where action begins.
52. Feel the joy … feel the happiness).
53. An affirmative thought is 100 times more powerful than a negative one.
54. “What this power is, I cannot say. All I know is that it exists.” Alexander Graham Bell.
55. Our job is not to worry about the “How”. The “How” will show up out of the commitment and belief in the “what.”
56. The Hows are the domain of the universe. It always knows the quickest, fastest, most harmonious way between you and your dream.
57. If you turn it over to the universe, you will be surprised and dazzled by what is delivered … this is where magic and miracles happen.
58. Turn it over to the universe daily… but it should never be a chore.
59. Feel exhilarated by the whole process … high, happy, in tune.
60. The only difference between people who are really living this way is they have habituated ways of being.
61. They remember to do it all the time.
62. Create a Vision Board … pictures of what you want to attract … every day look at it and get into the feeling state of already having acquired these wants.
63. “Imagination is everything. It is the preview of life’s coming attractions.” Albert Einstein.
64. Decide what you want … believe you can have it, believe you deserve it, believe it’s possible for you.
65. Close your eyes and visualize having what you already want – and the feeling of having it already.
66. Focus on being grateful for what you have already … enjoy it!! Then release into the universe. The universe will manifest it.
67. “Whatever the mind of man can conceive, it can achieve” Napoleon Hill
68. Set a goal so big that if you achieved it, it would blow your mind.
69. When you have an inspired thought, you must trust it and act on it.
70. How can you become more prosperous?? INTEND IT!!
71. ‘Checks are coming in the mail regularly’… or change your bank statement to whatever balance you want in there… and get behind the feeling of having it.
72. Life is meant to be abundant in ALL areas…
73. Go for the sense of inner joy and peace then all outside things appear.
74. We are the creators of our universe.
75. Relationships: Treat yourself the way you want to be treated by others … love yourself and you will be loved.
76. Healthy respect for yourself.
77. For those you work with or interact with regularly … get a notebook and write down positive aspects of each of those people.
78. Write down the things you like most about them (don’t expect change from them). Law of attraction will not put you in the same space together if you frequencies don’t match.
79. When you realize your potential to feel good, you will ask no one to be different in order for you to feel good.
80. You will free yourself from the cumbersome impossibilities of needing to control the world, your friends, your mate, your children….
81. You are the only one that creates your reality.
82. No one else can think or feel for you … its YOU … ONLY YOU.
83. Health: thank the universe for your own healing. Laugh, stress free happiness will keep you healthy.
84. Immune system will heal itself.
85. Parts of our bodies are replace every day, every week…etc… Within a few years we have a brand new body.
86. See yourself living in a new body. Hopeful = recovery. Happy = happier biochemistry. Stress degrades the body.
87. Remove stress from the body and the body regenerates itself. You can heal yourself.
88. Learn to become still … and take your attention away from what you don’t want, and place your attention on what you wish to experience.
89. When the voice and vision on the inside become more profound and clear than the opinions on the outside, then you have mastered your life.
90. You are not here to try to get the world to be just as you want it. You are here to create the world around you that you choose.
91. And allow the world as others choose to see it, exist as well.
92. People think that if everyone knows the power of the LOA there won’t be enough to go around … This is a lie that’s been ingrained in us and makes so many greedy.
93. The truth is there is more than enough love, creative ideas, power, joy, happiness to go around.
94. All of this abundance begins to shine through a mind that is aware of it’s own infinite nature. There’s enough for everyone. See it. Believe it. It will show up for you.
95. So let the variety of your reality thrill you as you choose all the things you want… get behind the good feelings of all your wants.
96. Write your script. When you see things you don’t want, don’t think about them, write about them, talk about them, push against them, or join groups that focus on the don’t wants… remove your attention from don’t wants… and place them on do wants.
97. We are mass energy. Everything is energy. EVERYTHING.
98. Don’t define yourself by your body … it’s the infinite being that’s connected to everything in the universe.
99. One energy field. Our bodies have distracted us from our energy. We are the infinite field of unfolding possibilities. The creative force.
100. Are your thoughts worthy of you? If not – NOW is the time to change them. You can begin right were you are right now. Nothing matters but this moment and what you are focusing your attention on.
There is nothing you can DO to be HAPPY. There is nowhere you can GO to be HAPPY. There is nothing you can HAVE to be HAPPY.
All these are but fleeting moments of temporary joy. But do not mistake them for permanent HAPPINESS.
So what does it take to be TRULY HAPPY?
Nothing! Yes, NOTHING at all!
Why? Because HAPPINESS IS ONLY A DECISION!
Yes, let me say that again, HAPPINESS IS ONLY A DECISION!
All you need to do to be HAPPY is to just DECIDE!
But of course you are going to ask, “If HAPINESS IS ONLY A DECSION, how is it that I am not happy or why is it that most people are not happy?”
My response to that is, “When was the last time you DECIDED that you were going to be happy no matter what happened in the day?”
So decide as you awake each morning to be HAPPY. Do this by saying to yourself, ’I HAVE DECIDED TO BE HAPPY TODAY, NO MATTER WHAT HAPPENS IN THE DAY!’
But of course, this decision to be HAPPY will not last very long. For as soon as you decide to be HAPPY, you will just as soon step right back into your ‘world of problems’. And so the HAPPINESS must leave. You will then have to make the same decision all over again.
At the start you might have to make this decision every few minutes. You might have to make this decision hundreds of times in a day.

But as you begin to do this daily, the feeling of HAPPINESS will last a little longer. It might extend to 5 minutes before you have to make that decision again. Then it might last 10 minutes… 30 minutes… 1 hour…. 3 hours… 6 hours… 12 hours… 24 hours… a week… 3 weeks… a month… 3 months… 6 months… a year… 3 years…10 years… eternally …no matter what happens in the day!
So, JUST DECIDE AND BE HAPPY.
HAPPINESS is nothing but a state of BEING!
Master Dev, I am a professional Trainer and Consultant.
I attended several of your training modules. I am very impressed with your very wide knowledge base and at your ability to recall hard facts and figures, data and statistics, anecdotes, illustrations, stories, examples and metaphors at the drop of a pin. And I am amazed how they can flow effortlessly for an entire day without the aid of any reference material. I especially marvel at your endless recall and non-stop recitation of quotations.
You are truly a great Teacher.
How can I be like you, Master?
Jane, KL
Hi Jane,
Thank you for your appreciation of my many years of labor and hard work. I guess its finally showing.
1. COMMITTMENT AND DEDICATION
Jane, first and foremost; I am NOT a great Teacher. I am a great STUDENT. When I am at a learning session, at a seminar, listening to my teachers, I pay 100% attention. I am totally involved Mentally and Emotionally.
Before one can ever hope to be a great teacher, one must learn to first be a great student. A bad student can never hope to evolve into a great teacher. And don’t you ever forget that!
2. SERVE THE MASTER
You must ‘serve’ your master. Anyone can learn the knowledge and information by sitting with a Master over a period of time. The Master can give you all the knowledge and Information that a student needs.
But wisdom can only be earned by the student. It cannot be transferred from the Master to the student. It can only be earned, and received by the student from the Master by serving the Master.
The Intellectual essence can be acquired by the student through diligently studying with the Master. But the Spiritual essence can only transfer to the student by serving the Master.
This is an ancient eastern secret of an intimate spiritual relationship between the Master and a student. And don’t you ever forget that!
3. CAN I ENTERTAIN A NEW IDEA
Can you Entertain Ideas that conflict with what you have held to be true all your life?
Please do not REJECT any new idea. To be fair, I will ask you also not to ACCEPT any new idea. But please do not NEGLECT any new idea thrown your way.
Ask yourself, will this idea help me move from where I am to where I want to be, before accepting or rejecting it. And don’t you ever forget that!
4. THE ONUS OF THE DEPTH OF LEARNING DEPENDS ON THE STUDENT, NEVER ON THE MASTER.
It is never the responsibility of the Master to ensure the student learns. The onus always lies with the student.
The student must be willing to do whatever it takes to learn what the student needs to learn. The student must be willing to accommodate the whims and fancies, the moods and idiosyncrasies, the requirements, rules and codes of the Master.
Remember, you are at the Master’s feet to learn and you do want to learn.
You need the Master to learn. The Master does not need you to teach. And don’t you ever forget that!
5. NEVER BETRAY YOUR MASTER
No matter how your Master treats you, no matter what he/she does or say to you, never ever bad-mouth your Master. Never ever turn against your Master no matter what he/she does, says or does. The Master has that right. You as the student don’t. The Master earned that right, you never will.
Even after you have completed your learning with the Master, never ever turn your back on the Master. Never be disloyal to your Master, no matter what happens between the two.
The day you betray your Master, the Spiritual essence of your learning will be gone forever, even if you retain all your Intellectual learning.
No matter what happens between you, your Master will always be your Master and you will always be the student. And don’t you ever forget that!
6. THE STUDENT MUST TRANSCEND THE MASTER
The student must one day transcend the Master. If the student does not, then he/she must have violated some of the above laws and it is always the fault of the student. Never the fault of the Master.
All great Masters will ensure their student one day transcends them. That is the mark of a great Master.
Your role as the student is to transcend the Master. That is the greatest honor one can bestow upon the Master.
It is never the responsibility of the Master to make the student transcend him/her. It is entirely the responsibility of the student to learn and progress till one day the student transcends the Master.
Hence, the student must never stop the learning process till he/she transcends the Master. And don’t you ever forget that!
7. NEVER QUESTION YOUR MASTER
Never ever question your Master, his/her motives and never doubt your Master, even if all the evidence appears so.
Never judge your Master. Never interrupt your Master. Never correct your Master in Public. Never argue with your Master in public.
Interactive listening is shallow. Anything that gets in the way of a Master talking is a distraction. The student must be silent. Never talk in between. The objective is to allow the knowledge to enter into your heart like a laser beam.
When your ego gets in your way, the Master can talk a lifetime, yet the student could never understand a single word.
So, just be silent. And just listen. Unconditionally, non-judgmental and in absolute humility. If you listen in silence, when the Master is teaching you need not know!
The Master does not need the student for he/she is already a Master. The student needs the Master to one day become a Master. And don’t you ever forget that!
Note
Jane, if you are wiling to let these be your guiding principles, chances are you WILL become a Master yourself.
I call these The 7 Codes of a Master Student.
I must however state this: YOU MUST TOTALLY SURRENDER TO YOUR MASTER BLINDLY. BUT BEFORE YOU DO THAT, MAKE SURE YOR MASTER IS NOT BLIND!
Last but not least Jane, please do not be LIKE me. Please be BETTER than me. If your don’t, than the question that begs to be asked is, what sort of Master am I, who cannot have his student transcend him? In that I would have failed!
Napoleon Hill in Think and Grow Rich said, “If you tell yourself a lie often enough, you will begin to believe in the lie.”
I say to you, “If you BULLSHIT long enough, your BULLSHIT will become true.”
Just make sure that your BULLSHIT is quality BULLSHIT because “THE QUALITY OF YOUR LIFE IS DIRECTLY PROPORTIONAL TO THE QUALITY OF YOUR BULLSHIT!”
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 %
K N O W L E D G E
11 14 15 23 1 2 5 4 7 5 = 96 % Only
KNOWLEDGE only promises you a 96% success rate.
H A R D W O R K
8 1 18 4 23 15 18 11 = 98 % Only
HARDWORK only promises you a 98% success rate.
A T T I T U D E
1 20 20 9 20 21 4 5 = 100 %
Well, ATTITUDE gives you a 100% success.
B U L L S H I T
2 21 12 12 19 8 9 20 = 103%
But BULLSHIT over delivers….with a 103% success rate.
Need i say more????
May the BULLSHIT be with you!
My name is Dev & I am a Success Warrior
UNIVERSAL LAWS
There are 7 Laws that govern the working of the Universe. Quantum Physics is now beginning to verify and validate them from a scientific view point.
These 7 Universal Laws are often referred to as Laws of Quantum Physics, Laws of God, Natural Laws, Laws of the Universe and many other such names.
DEFINITION OF LAW
THE UNIFORM AND ORDELY METHOD OF THE OMNIPOTENT GOD
THE 7 UNIVERSAL LAWS
1. Transmutation of Natural Energy
2. Law of Polarity
3. Law of Rhythm
4. Law of Relativity
5. Law of Vibration and Attraction
6. Law of Gender
7. Law of Cause and Effect
1. LAW OF TRANSMUTATION OF NATURAL ENERGY
i. Energy Moves into the physical form
ii. The images you hold in your mind most often materialize in the results in your life
2. LAW OF POLARITY
i. Everything has an opposite: Hot – Cold. Up – Down. Good – Bad
ii. Constantly look for the good in people and situations. When you find it, tell the person
iii. People love compliments and the positive idea in your mind makes you feel good. Remember, good idea – good vibration
3. LAW OF RHYTHM
i. The tide goes out…night follows day good times – bad times. When you are on a down swing, do not feel bad.
ii. Know the swing will change and things will get better. There are good times coming – Think of them.
4. LAW OF RELATIVITY
i. Nothing is good or bad, big or small until you RELATE it to something
ii. Practice relating your situation to something much worse and yours will always look good
5. LAW OF VIBRATION AND ATTRACTION
i. Everything Vibrates, nothing rests
ii. Conscious awareness of vibration is called feeling. Your thoughts control your paradigms and your vibration
iii. When you are not feeling good, become aware of what you are thinking, then think of something pleasant
6. LAW OF GENDER
i. Every seed has a gestation or incubation period. Ideas are spiritual seeds and will move into form or physical results
ii. Your goals will manifest when the time is right. Know they will
7. LAW OF CAUSE AND EFFECT
i. Whatever you send into the Universe comes back. Action – reaction are equal and opposite
ii. Say good things to everyone; treat everyone with total respect and it will all come back. Never worry about what you are going to get, just concentrate on what you can give
PLEASE FORWARD THIS CHAIN MAIL….
Hi Devology fan,
My Master Bob Proctor used to say, IF YOU DON’T FALL FOR SOMETHING, YOU WILL FALL FOR ANYTHING.”
Its amazing how intelligent grown up adults will fall for all the crappy chain e-mails.
For years and years I have been telling everyone that’s its all a con job, but no one would believe me, and they all told me of the negative consequences that would befall me for not forwarding these chain mails.
Well, I am still here, even though I never forwarded a single chain mail to anyone and deleted every single one of them. Every chain e-mail that made its way to my in-box ended up in my delete-box. All chains ended with me.
I never got struck by lightning, got run over by a trailer, died a horrible death, caught a deadly plague, became insane or any of the myriad conditions that are supposed to inflict me. I am so sorry to be such a disappointment.
The only good that came out of these looooooooooong traveling chain emails was that they helped me create a HUGE data-base from all the attached email addresses!
So allow me to free you of all these guilt laden emails.
Please visit
http://info.org.il/irrelevant/may02-smilepop-soapbox4.swf
to FINALLY be free of guilt e-mails
Now…please forward this message to at last 10 of your friends if you want to receive TQ messages in your email within 2 days!!!
Hugs
Hi Master Coach Dev,
My name is Daniel. My wife and I are in the sales profession. We are both goal setters and each year we set our goals with regards to our work.
But somehow we don’t seem to quite achieve the goals that we set. Lately we have began to realize that even if we achieve a certain goal, but we still feel our lives seem hollow and empty.
Please help us:
i. Understand what we are doing wrong
ii. How we can achieve the goals that we set
iii. Why do we still feel unfulfilled even if we achieve certain goals
We attend seminars on a regular basis and have attended numerous goal setting seminars over the years but not a single seminar has shed any light on our predicament. We have spoken to seminar leaders and done what they have advised us, but somehow nothing much has changed for us.
One of our close friends attended one of your mind power seminars when you were here in Melbourne, and told us to write to you. From what she said, you came across as a very ‘different’ type of Coach. Somehow we feel it in our hearts that our answer lies with you.
We look forward to guidance from you. Please help!
With love,
Daniel & Tiana, Melbourne
Hi Daniel and Tiana,
Thank you for writing in. I will attempt to give you as short a response as possible. Since you are familiar with the Goals Process, I will keep my reply as practically applicable as I can.
Please check the Goals Process below with the one you have been employing to see if you have correctly employed all the steps in the process.
1. GOAL SETTING versus GOAL GETTING
The first Goal is to have a Goal
Goal Setting Vs Goal Getting
The very first thing that you need to understand is the difference between Goal Setting and Goal Getting.
Goal Setting is nothing more than an Intellectual Exercise. Just because you sit down and write some Goals down, is no guarantee whatsoever for the accomplishment of these Goals.
That is the reason why most people who set goals don’t actually achieve them, as in new year resolutions.
On the other hand, Goal Getting is a Lawful Process. This means that the process is governed by the Laws of the Universe. There are 7 Laws of the Universe (please see my earlier Blog THE 7 UNIVERSAL LAWS at http://devology.wordpress.com/ for further information).
Lawful Process
A Lawful Process dictates that if you follow certain laws and arrive at a certain outcome, it then presupposes that if you repeat the same process, you must by law get the same outcome. As a matter of fact, whether you are aware of the laws or not, you will still get the same outcome.
So long as you activate certain Universal Laws, the laws must work for you and give you the outcomes you seek. These Universal Laws are always consistent.
The Universe decrees that, ‘Whatever must happen, will happen for you to achieve your Goal.’
Therefore, if you employ a Lawful Goal Getting Process, then you must by law achieve the Goal(s) that you set.
Professional Goal Vs Personal Goal
The next thing you must know is that most people set Professional Goals. Most times a Professional Goal does not have much power because it is too much of an intellectual goal and there is not much emotion attached to it.
On the other hand a Personal Goal is very emotional and personal. There is a lot of pleasure attached to its achievement and a lot of pain that comes with its failure.
But most times, the vehicle to achieving the Personal Goal is the Professional Goal. Hence, if you link the Personal Goal to the Professional Goal, then both the Personal and Professional Goal gets achieved.
Lets say, as a salesperson, you have been assigned a certain target or level to hit by a certain time. This would be your Professional Goal. It may not be very motivating for you, as it may not be what you really want.
However, if you had promised your family a trip to Australia at the end of the year (your Personal Goal), and the only way for you to keep that promise would be by hitting the target set for you by your company (your Professional Goal).
In doing so, you would have linked the Personal Goal (the trip) to your Professional Goal (the sales target). So, even though you are only interested and emotional about your Personal Goal, but knowing that the only way to achieve your Personal Goal would be to achieve your Professional Goal, you would by default reach your Professional Goal.
So here, the Professional Goal (though not a very emotional goal) becomes the vehicle via which you achieve your Personal Goal (the trip, which is very emotional and personal to you).
Remember, only Personal Goals have the power to move you. The more personal and the more emotional the Personal Goal is, the more power it would have to move you and to make you do whatever needs to be done.
In the process you achieve both your Professional and Personal Goal. This is entirely a Win-Win situation for all parties concerned.
2. WHOLISTIC GOAL SETTTING
Success is only success if your life is in balance.
Goals must be set in all 8 areas of life for life to be a success. Success is when you have a Balanced and Harmonious Life.
The 8 areas of life are:
CORE AREAS OF LIFE
Spiritual Life
Intellectual / Mental Life
Emotional Life
Physical Life
MATERIAL GOALS
Career Life
Financial Life
Family Life
Community / Social Life
I would like you to draw 4 circles, each inside the other. At the core, or the inner most circle, please write Spiritual Life. In the next outer circle, write Intellectual / Mental Life. In the third outer circle, Emotional Life. The fourth outer circle, write Physical Life.
These core 4 areas (Spiritual, Intellectual, Emotional and Physical) form the foundation upon which all the other material goals are based. Without a firm foundation for these core 4 areas, the other 4 material goals cannot possibly manifest.
Divide the 5th outer circle, into 4 equal parts and write Career Life, Financial Life, Family Life, Community / Social Life in each one the 4 parts.
The strange thing however is that although all the other 4 areas (i.e. Career Life, Financial Life, Family Life, Community / Social Life) are our obsession, they can only be achieved if we first secure a sound foundation based on the first 4 areas of life.
As a matter of fact, the level of achievement of the material goals very much depends upon the strength of the base built by the 4 core areas of life.
So, if you want to have a high degree of success with your material based goals, start first by building a very strong foundation of the 4 core areas of life first.
Master Dev,
I would like to live a more meaningful, balanced and harmonious life every day of the week. My search for that formula over last 20 years has taken me through many wonderful experiences but I am yet to discover the definitive formula that would work 7 days a week.
Master Dev, I am now at a new phase in my life. Could you please shed some light so I can know where to begin my journey at this new phase of my discovery?
Thank you Master.
JAMES, Ipoh
CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION TRANSFORMATIONAL EXERCISES FOR THE DAYS OF THE WEEK
Hi James,
Thank you for your profound request. I feel honored that you should think I could contribute towards your search after your 20 years of learning, seeking and discovery.
Allow me to suggest a simplistic Mindset Transforming exercise that we teach during our 4 days CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION session.
You could start by (either) identifying one Mindset Transforming state for each day of the week or start with the ones suggested below.
Sunday Task: TRANSFORMATIONAL THINKING
Monday Task: TRANSFORMATIONAL DECISION
Tuesday Task: TRANSFORMATIONAL WORD
Wednesday Task: TRANSFORMATIONAL ACTION
Thursday Task: TRANSFORMATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY
Friday Task: TRANSFORMATIONAL CIRCLE
Saturday Task: TRANSFORMATIONAL GROWTH
You can use these simple, but deeply meaningful Mindset Transforming exercises as a basis for your daily meditation to install these mind states and keep focused on them throughout the day.
After a period of time, these mind states will become your permanent states of mind leading to greater clarity and awareness; helping you Detect, Connect and Live your life on Purpose.
SUNDAY: TRANSFORMATIONAL THINKING
As I think, I become. As I continue to think, I remain. – Dev
Become consciously aware of the thoughts that you entertain today.
As your conscious awareness of these thoughts rises, you will by choice be able to separate your productive thoughts from your unproductive thoughts, your eternal thoughts from your transitory thoughts, and truth from mere opinion.
When speaking, consciously listen to your conversation. Focus on the words you are saying, your tonality, pitch, volume and speed. Before you speak each time, ask yourself if you really need to say it. If no, be silent. If yes, use as few words as possible.
MONDAY: TRANSFORMATIONAL DECISION
Even great God in all His perfection does not judge man till judgment day, who then is man in all his imperfection to judge his fellow man everyday and in everyway? – Dev
Today decide on even the most insignificant issues only after full, well-founded deliberation and reflection. Abstain from doing anything that has no significant reason.
Once you make a decision, stick with it steadfastly. Do not question it, regret it or ponder over it any longer.
Make it and keep to it.
TUESDAY: TRANSFORMATIONAL WORD
Sometimes it is necessary to be silent in order
to hear more important things from within. – Dev
Today, in your every conversational involvement, listen thoughtfully to every statement and answer. Do not speak unless you are spoken to. Do not speak without a reason. Do not speak if you have nothing to say. Do not speak if you do not have anything positive, constructive or uplifting to say.
If you do talk, talk as little as possible. Prefer silence. Listen quietly and process what you hear.
WEDNESDAY: TRANSFORMATIONAL ACTION
I am responsible for all my actions and every result in my life.
Today, ensure all your actions do not inconvenience, disturb or be disruptive to others.
Every action you take has an effect on others and the environment, and influences the energy around you.
Before you take any action, ponder and carefully weight the consequences of the action you are about to take.
Before you act, weigh the consequences of your actions and ask yourself how best your actions could contribute towards the good of the whole, and the happiness of others.
THURSDAY: TRANSFORMATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY
Life is what happens to you while you are busy
getting caught up in the thick of thin things. – Dev
In today, live your life in total harmony with nature and spirit. Feel connected. Feel yourself as an important component of the Universe.
Do not get buried in the never-ending ‘chores’ of everyday living. Stop, make the time and enjoy the simple joys of life.
Avoid all actions that bring restlessness, anxiety, stress, unhappiness, worry and haste to your life.
FRIDAY: TRANSFORMATIONAL CIRCLE
May I have the courage to change the things that can be changed, the to serenity to accept those things that cannot be changed, and the wisdom to know the difference between the two.
Today, be willing to do everything that is within your Circle of Control. It is your responsibility. You have the power to do it.
Do not do anything that is in your Circle of No Control. It will lead to frustration. It lies beyond your power.
SATURDAY: TRANSFORMATIONAL GROWTH
I have never ever met anyone from whom
I could not have learned something of value. -Dev
Today, be willing to learn as much as possible from as many sources as possible.
Everything that happens gives us the opportunity to gather information, knowledge and experiences that are useful for life.
Even if you do something incorrectly or incompletely, it becomes an opportunity to do it correctly or completely in future.
When you see others act, observe them with the same end in mind. Be attentive and be willing to learn as much from anyone and everyone.
For details of the CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION session please see below.
For details and further information, please get in touch with SELF MASTERY LERANING CENTRE by calling Jaq 016 – 221 6708 or via email to Jaq@selfmastery.com.my
Dev, could you please explain the term UNCONSCIOUS MIND as opposed to SUB CONSCIOUS MIND.
Thank You.
Jeyaraman,
SMLC Certified Life Coach (Train The Trainer)
Hi Jeya,
The first thing we need to clarify is that the Mind and the Brain are 2 very different things. The BRAIN is the physical organ that resides between our ears. The MIND is the activity of that organ. How does one know when the Mind is being activated? When we Think. Thinking is the process that signifies that the Mind is operating.
This Mind-Body model has its foundation in Concept Therapy, founded by the late Dr. George Thurman Fleet (see fig 1) of San Antonio, Texas in around 1934. He originated the STICKPERSON CONCEPT (see fig 2), which will be the underlying basis of my arguments as to how the Mind REALLY works.
The Stickperson is a visual representation as to how the ‘Mind’ looks like. This model of the Mind is essential in allowing us to understand how the Mind operates and processes information at both the Conscious and Unconscious levels of the Mind.
THE UNCONSCIOUS MIND
Very simply put, the Mind is divided into 2, the Conscious and the Unconscious. We don’t have 2 Minds. It’s just that the 2 divisions work very differently one from the other because they both serve very different functions in the human personality.
There are some 150 different names of the Unconscious Mind, i.e. Sub Conscious, Super Conscious, Meta Conscious, Higher Conscious, Higher self, Alter Ego, Id, God, Infinite Intelligence; the I AM, Yahweh, the All Knowing and a whole host of other terms and terminologies.
In certain Meditation schools, Metaphysics and the Occult there are 7 stages of the Mind upon 7 levels, making this part of the mind to be divided into 49 different distinct parts. My guess is that memorizing all these 49 parts is in no way going to change the quality of anyone’s life.
Dr. Fleet felt since we are dealing with a change in Results, this model of the Mind would serve better if it were more functional rather then intellectual. Hence, the 2 divisions of the Mind, namely: the Conscious and the Unconscious.
Now, the term ‘Unconscious’ is preferred over the term Sub Conscious simply because this part of the Mind is the Power Center, the God-like part of the human personality, the part that doeth the work, the Universal Intelligence, the Universal Consciousness. As such, it would be an understatement to refer to it as the SUB Conscious Mind; as in SUB Contractor, SUB Set, SUB let. SUB….being a smaller part of a whole! The use of the term Unconscious was first popularized by the brilliant Sigmund Freud (although he did not exactly invent it). However, psychologists and other layman prefer the term Sub Conscious.
In the 1960’s professional speakers began using the term Sub Conscious Mind as it was ground breaking information in the field of Self Image Psychology. The popularity of this term can in a sense be credited to 2 of the landmark books of the 1960’s, The Power of the Sub Conscious Mind by Dr. Joseph Murphy and Psycho Cybernetics by Dr. Maxwell Martz.
However, the science of Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP), the school of Mind Science, Psychiatry, Parapsychology, Time Line, Hypnotherapy, Philosophers, Quantum Physicists, the Mind Science of Cybernetic Intelligence and many other schools of thought prefer the term Unconscious over Sub Conscious. They simply feel that it is a more accurate terminology for what the Unconscious can actually accomplish.
The ‘Unconscious’ here does not mean that one is in an unconscious state. It simply means that we are totally unconscious as to the extent of the Unconscious Mind. We don’t really know for sure as to what it can really do. We are unaware as to its limits.
Hence, the term ‘Unconscious’.
Below is a short read on the 2 earliest propagators of the working of the Unconscious Mind
SIGMUND FREUD
Freud didn’t exactly invent the idea of the Conscious versus Unconscious mind, but he certainly was responsible for making it popular. The Conscious Mind is what you are aware of at any particular moment, your present perceptions, memories, thoughts, fantasies, feelings, what have you. Working closely with the conscious mind is what Freud called the preconscious, what we might today call “available memory:” anything that can easily be made conscious, the memories you are not at the moment thinking about but can readily bring to mind. Now no one has a problem with these two layers of mind. But Freud suggested that these are the smallest parts!
The largest part by far is the Unconscious. It includes all the things that are not easily available to awareness, including many things that have their origins there, such as our drives or instincts, and things that are put there because we can’t bear to look at them, such as the memories and emotions associated with trauma.
According to Freud, the Unconscious is the source of our motivations, whether they be simple desires for food or sex, neurotic compulsions, or the motives of an artist or scientist. And yet, we are often driven to deny or resist becoming conscious of these motives, and they are often available to us only in disguised form.
CARL JUNG
Like Freud, Carl Jung had a theory of the Unconscious Mind – a vast portion of the mind that was virtually undetectable by the Conscious Mind. However, Carl Jung disagreed with Freud’s focus on repressed memories in the Unconscious. Freud believed that the Unconscious was a harmful thing to mental wellness, spawning hysteria and other psychological conditions. Carl Jung, on the other hand, saw the Unconscious as a creative potential.
However, Carl Jung also took the notion of the Unconscious a great step forward, developing the notion of the collective Unconscious. He believed that this collective Unconscious was a part of the mind shared between all mankind. His justification for this theory was based on the vast similarities between different religions: flood myths, female figures such as the virgin and the crone, and other distinct similarities. Carl Jung called these features of mythology “archetypes,” attesting that they were repeated in one form or another throughout all the world’s religions because they were basically pre-programmed into the collective Unconscious, a part of the mind that every human being shared – no exceptions.
Master Coach Dev,
I often feel stressed due to the nature of my work. Lately it has begin to affect my personal life as well. I often feel fatigued, experience mood swings and at times go into a mild depression.
I have been advised to see a psychiatrist, take up meditation or learn self-hypnosis. I don’t have the time to learn all these nor do I feel comfortable with these new options recommended to me.
Is there an easier option that I can practice by myself without the involvement of an outside party and I can proceed at my own rate?
Please help me as I am growing concerned about my state of mind.
Thank you Master Coach Dev.
Regards,
Lyn, KL
This guide to Self Relaxation has a wide variety of therapeutic applications. In particular it is very effective in the alleviation of stress and tension, and in helping with sleeping patterns.
Creating The Right Atmosphere
Find a quiet room where you will not be disturbed, preferably a bedroom with no telephone. Dim the lights or turn them off. You may choose to light a candle, or burn some aromatherapy oils, or play some relaxation music quietly in the background. Use anything which helps you to create a relaxing atmosphere. Then make yourself as comfortable as possible, either in a chair with a head rest or by laying down on a couch or bed.
Preparing Yourself
Tell yourself silently or out loud that you are going to do self relaxation. Then tell yourself silently or out loud how long you want to remain in this state. Fifteen to twenty minutes is fine to begin with however, after a few weeks practice you may decide to make it last longer.
The Breathing Technique
Close your eyes and begin to breathe very slowly and deeply, in through your nose and out through your mouth. At the top of your breath hold it for three seconds, then count to five on every out breath. As you breathe out imagine you are breathing away any nervous tension left in your body.
Also make sure you breathe diaphragmatically, so as you breathe in your stomach goes out, and as you breathe out your stomach goes in. You can also say the word Relax on every out breath if you wish. Continue this breathing pattern for 10 or more times, or as long as it takes for you to feel completely relaxed.
Clearing Your Mind
Allow your mind to go completely blank. Don’t worry if you still get any unwanted thoughts in your mind, tell yourself not to fight them as they will soon drift away again. Imagine a large red stop sign every time you get an unwanted thought. As soon as you see the red stop sign imagine the thought disappearing and your mind becoming clear.
Another thought clearing method would be to imagine a large computer screen full of data and by hitting a keypad the screen becomes blank. Imagine you are pressing a key pad and your mind becomes blank. Use whatever method works for you.
Deepening The Self Relaxation State
By now you will already be in a light relaxated state. A good technique to guide yourself deeper into self relaxation is to silently and mentally count down from 10 to 1, feeling every muscle in your body relax more and more with each descending number. Leave about 5 seconds in between each number or even count each number down on every 2nd or 3rd out breath. To enhance this you can also use visualization techniques. For example, imagine yourself going down 10 steps into a beautiful garden, count down with each step, going deeper with each number. Use whatever feels right for you.
Utilizing The Self Relaxation State
When you reach this stage you can either just relax and drift or better still you can give yourself some positive suggestions or affirmations. The wording of which must have been decided upon before you start. You can also use powerful imagery.
Wording Your Affirmations Correctly
Work on one goal at a time, usually over a number of sessions. Don’t for example work on quitting smoking and building your confidence in the same session. Although you can use a number of affirmations in one session make sure they all relate to one chosen goal at this time. Then silently and mentally repeat them over and over, slowly and positively using as few words as possible.
Be very direct as though you are giving yourself commands. Sometimes you can create a rhythm with your breathing saying the affirmation on each out breath, almost like a chant or mantra.
When deciding on the suggestions beforehand always state them as if they are a reality and in the present. This is very important as your unconscious mind believes exactly what it is told.
For example:
Do not say……….‘’I want to be confident’’.
Do say……….‘’I am a very confident person’’.
You must make the suggestion completely unambiguous and always
Accentuate The Positive.
For example:
Do not say……….‘’I don’t want to be shy’’.
Do say……….‘’I am always confident and self assured when
in the company other people’.
The Power Of Imagery
You can also use imagery as well as words when in the self relaxed state. For example, if you are due to go for an interview and you have been feeling nervous, you can visualize yourself going for the interview feeling composed and full of confidence and conducting yourself in a very positive way. You accept there will be a small degree of nerves but you are in control of the level of anxiety you feel, and you use that anxiety to keep you focused and on the ball. Run the images in your mind like a short film using as much detail as possible. See the shape and size of the room, notice the colors of the walls and carpet, feel your clothes against your skin, notice the fresh smell of the room, the softness as you sit in the chair. Make the whole picture bright and clear and use as many of your senses as you can, the more vivid your imagination the better. Most importantly, always see yourself in a completely positive light, expressing yourself clearly and confidently and feeling very calm and composed under any pressure.
You can use this powerful technique to prepare yourself for many things, such as an exam of any kind, a sporting event, public speaking, on business and social occasions, even on a romantic date.
Remember - your unconscious mind cannot differentiate between what is real and what is imagined, so the more you imagine a positive future situation or event the more you compound your inner belief that you are calm, confident and in control in these situations. I liken it to programming a computer with positive information.
Bringing yourself back to full consciousness
When you feel its time to wake up from this deep state of self relaxation all you do is slowly and mentally count up from 1 to 10. When you reach the number 10 your eyes will open and you will be wide awake with a feeling of well being all over. However if you practice before going to sleep do not count up from 1 to 10, tell yourself beforehand that it will turn into a natural deep sleep from which you will wake up in the morning feeling positive and refreshed.
We teach this and a lot more at the CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION session. If you are interested, please get in touch with SELF MASTERY LERANING CENTRE by calling Jaq 016 – 221 6708 or via email to Jaq@selfmastery.com.my
Curiosity, Passion and Discovery are the tools of the Scientist.
Mass Brain Washing, Blind Faith and Fear are the ageless tools of the Religionist.
Money, Power and Materialism are the hallmark of the Capitalist.
Fear, Terror and Belief are the values of the Extremist.
Faith, Vision and Persistence are the virtues of the Successful.
Control, Confusion and Indoctrination are the agenda of the Politician.
Guilt, Fear and Intimidation are the attributes of Parents.
Ignorance, Subservience and Manipulation is the creed of Governments.
Family, Survival and Reproduction are the basic instincts of humanity.
Ignorance, Arrogance and Darkness are the handicaps of the Uneducated.

Over and over again, it is the same behavior with different objectives resulting in different Outcomes They are all junkies, addicts and extremists in their own right. They may get so passionate that they get trapped and become oblivious as to the bigger picture of life it self.
It is neither right nor wrong. It’s just that they have become blinded as to the true purpose of life.
It is their right and their responsibility, and so too must they face the consequences.
It has thus evolved into an arrogant belief that humans must be considered at the center of all creation and be above any other aspect of reality.
Believing that God granted Man dominion over Nature has lead humans to taking precedence over the rest of the ecosystem. Ultimately, this has lead humans to the dangerous viewpoint that making money is the single most important human activity on earth and that mountain tops exist just so wealthy folks may build their castles from which to gaze upon the abused and trampled upon humanity below.
Over and over history has recoded the catastrophic results of such egotistical and myopic thinking.
But have we even began to learn anything at all?
British pop singer, guitarist, composer and lyricist. Lennon formed the Beatles with Paul McCartney, George Harrison and Ringo Starr in Liverpool in 1960.
By the mid 1960s the group had become the most successful in the history of pop music.
Lennon and McCartney were brilliant co-writers, producing hit after hit, ranging from early successes such as ‘Love Me Do’, to the more complex melodies and rhythms of ‘Strawberry Fields Forever’ and ‘Penny Lane’ (both 1967).
Lennon is regarded as the most radical of the group (he returned the MBE, awarded in 1965, in protest against of the Vietnam War). He brought a degree of social consciousness to their lyrics. Their album Sergeant Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band (1967) is regarded as marking a new stage in the development of pop music.
Lennon’s marriage in 1969 to the Japanese artist Yoko Ono added the existing strains between the Beatles, and the group broke up, amid painful legal wrangling in 1970.
Lennon wrote and recorded with Yoko Ono in the US, bringing out an innovative album, Imagine in 1971.
He was on the point of resuming his recording career after a 5 year from 1975-80 when he was murdered outside his New York apartment building.
In the strictest sense of the word, computers have existed for centuries. That is, machine that could calculate of their own accord, using gears and wheels and abacuses and such. For that is what a computer is, essentially – a sophisticated calculator.

There were three generations of the computer’s development: first, around 1918, scientists invented the electronic calculator (much like the little hand-held ones we all use nowadays, only much larger).
Second, they took advantage of the invention of the transistor (very popular with radios) in 1948 (the first step was the hardest, and so took the longest) to allow computers to be built on a much smaller scale, and also paved the way for advanced “memory” – you may have heard of the UNIVAC computer developed by the Rand corporation. This was the model government computers used.
Finally, the microchip allowed circuits to integrate – or, if you will, to talk to each other, much like we talk to ourselves from one side of our brain to the other. That’s what created the consumer and industrial computer boom in the ‘70s, which has continued to this day.

It is important to note the division of the schools of thought which began with the advent of Apple computers in the early ‘70s. Apple was started by two maverick Standard University students, Steve Jobs and Steve Wozniak, with the idea that they would therefore appeal to the general public more than would the stodgy IBM-produced models. With their breakthrough Macintosh computer in 1984, and subsequent improvements, they indeed created a second computer movement.
So for the last twenty years the two companies (IBM licenses their technology to smaller companies so that their version is more widespread) have been intense rivals, and their vastly different technologies were incompatible.
That seems to be changing now. The newest innovations actually merged the two systems, so that they can indeed use the same software and communicate with each other.
Hi Dev,
I have a question. What is the purpose of life on earth? After doing our job, then what? So, why are we here?
How do I find my Purpose? How can you help me find my Purpose?
Farida Mohd, Penang
The Purpose of Life is to Live a Life of Purpose
~ Richard Leider ~
Hi Farida,
Over the last many years we have often been asked as to how one could get in touch with their Life Purpose so that they can have clarity as to why they are here on earth.
In spite of the many successes that they might have, they still feel that their lives seem so empty, hollow and meaningless without any true purpose.
To help all these people find an answer, in 2003 we created a special program to help them discover their purpose and why they are here on earth.
The program is called LIFE MASTERY RETREAT (LMR). It is a 4-days 3-night retreat at a beautiful resort that reconnects you back to nature. Here you are taught to DETECT, CONNECT and LIVE your life on Purpose. It is a very emotional and experiential experience.
The up coming LMR is on the 16-19 January 2010. It would be wonderful to spend 4 days with you and on the 4th day you would be a totally different person. You would be a person with absolute clarity as to your purpose and direction in life. And life would seem so much more meaningful then.
Join us as we together Detect our Life Purpose, Connect with our Life Purpose and begin to Live our lives on Purpose.
For further information, please see
http://www.lifemasteryretreat.com/
You can also read more about LMR at the Blog
http://lifemasteryretreat.blogspot.com
Spanish painter PABLO PICASSO was the son of an art teacher. He studied and worked in Barcelona and Madrid before moving to Paris in 1901. There he became part of a circle of writers and artists.
His romantic, melancholy ‘Blue Period’ (1901-1904) was followed by the lighter, poignant ‘Rose Period’ (1904-1906). Les Demoiselles d’Avignon (1907) was a startling, iconoclastic piece, influenced by primitive art.
From 1909-1914 Picasso collaborated with George Braque, exploring cubism, in a series of pieces in which collage, wire, newspaper and string were used alongside paint.
From 1917-1924 he worked on designs from the Diaghilev ballets and moved into his ‘neoclassical period’. By 1925 he had developed a relationship with the Surrealists, which manifested itself in his use of distorted bodies, as in Three Dancers (1925).
A supporter of the Spanish Republic, from 1936- 1939 he was director of the Prado in Madrid. Guernica (1937), which many consider to be his masterpiece, was painted in protest against the bombing of a Basque village in the Civil War.
Moving to Antibes in the south of France in 1946, he began to paint murals and ceramics. He became active in peace congresses and was, for a time, a rather unconvincing Communist.
Without doubt the influential figure in modern art, he worked in many different media and styles and produced an enormous body of very varied work.
In this post on the THE PEOPLE WHO CHANGED THE WORLD I want to pay a small tribute to one of my all time favorite people – BENJAMIN FRANKLIN.
His Autobiography was one of the first biographies that I read way back in 1982. In the revised version (second edition) of my first book MAN THE HUMAN, I acknowledged him in my Preface.
I would like to share with you what I wrote of him then.

An acknowledgement to BENJAMIN FRANKLIN.
He was the youngest son of a youngest son of a youngest son of a youngest son.
He was the Masonic Grand Master of Pennsylvania.
He was a Colonel in Militia.
He was the ‘first civilized American’.
He was the first American philosopher.
He was the first Political Cartoonist.
He was the first American Ambassador.
He was the first American wise-cracker and epigrammatist.
He was the first man to understand the Nature of a Cold.
He was the first to use illustrations in advertising.
He was the first reformer of English Spelling.
He was the first to discover that exhaled air is poisonous.
He started the first Insurance Company.
He first charted the course of the Northeast Storms.
He gave the first explanation of the Aurora Borealis.
He originated the first Street-Cleaning Department.
He originated the first system of Ventilation.
He was the first Postmaster.
He started the first Police Department.
He was the first to introduce Prayer in Congress.
He invented the Rocking Chair.
He invented the Lightning Conductor.
He invented the Street Lamp.
He invented Commercial Advertising.
He was the inventor of Double Spectacles (bifocal lens).
He invented the Franklin Stove.
He invented the white duck clothing used in tropical climates
He was the inventor of Plaster of Paris for fertilizing.
He was 4 times President of Pennsylvania.
He started the society to Abolish Slavery.
He was a pioneer of the modern Voting System for Congress.
He is the father of modern Dentistry.
He organized the first Fire Department.
He was the founder of the Democratic Party.
He established the modern Post Office System.
He was the author of the Abbreviated English Prayer Book.
He discovered the identity of Lightning and Electricity.
He originated the first Circulatory Library.
He discovered the Gulf Stream.
He is the originator of Daylight Saving Time.
He introduced newspaper carrying by mail.
He was the best swimmer of his time.
He introduced the Yellow Willow and Broom Corn into America.
He was a noted colonial printer and was called the ‘Patron Saint of Printing’.
Dear Reader, I hope you are as impressed as I was when I first discovered this man of limitless talents, abilities and wisdom.
Mind you, these are just his ‘firsts’, and he never went to school, much less had any formal education.
It made me ask myself, what legacy would I go on to leave behind me that would be worthy of mention long after I was gone!

Benjamin Franklin’s life often reminds me of my favorite Edison quote:
“If we did all the things we are capable of,
we would literally astound ourselves.”
MAHATHIR S/O ISKANDAR KUTTY @ MAHATHIR BIN MOHAMED

1. Tun Dr Mahathir bin Mohamed’s real name is Mahathir s/o Iskandar Kutty. He was born Mahathir s/o Iskandar Kutty and named Mahathir s/o Iskandar Kutty @Mahathir Mohamed.
2. Dr Mahathir was born on December 20, 1925, in Alor Star, the capital of the northern state of Kedah.
3. Dr Mahathir started life NOT as a Malay but a Malayali – (Mamak) the people of Kerala in south INDIA, where his father (Iskandar Kutty) came from.
4. His father (Iskandar Kutty) was a school teacher of Indian origin, specifically Malayalee (Mamak) (people who speak Malayalam, not to be confused with Malay)
5. His father (Iskandar Kutty) (a Mamak) migrated from the southern state of Kerala, India, while his mother (Wan Tampawan) a Kedah-born, was a Malay.
6. Despite being only half Malay and having acknowledged his Indian heritage, Dr Mahathir generally considers himself to be Malay, and is known for the use of fiery rhetoric designed to invoke feelings of Malay nationalism, i.e. the term Ketuanan Melayu, or “Malay Supremacy/Lordship.
7. At university in Singapore, Dr Mahathir was listed as an INDIAN.
8. Dr Mahathir had kept hidden his little secret – that he is an Indian Muslim (Mamak).

9. Dr Mahathir has been quick to promote himself as the embodiment of “Asian” identity and values, with diatribes against the west, usually couched in racial terms. Yet, despite his trumpeting of Asian identity, Dr Mahathir appears ASHAMED to admit his Indian heritage.
10. ‘In his new book, A New Deal for Asia, he writes about his father in such a way as to imply that he was a Malay dedicated to the improvement of his fellow Malays rather than the hard-working Indian immigrant and government servant that he was. No mention of Dr Mahathir’s Indian Muslim background ever appears in the media. The subject is taboo.’ -Philip Bowring
11. Dr Mahathir is the fourth Prime Minister of Malaysia, which he held for 22 years. From 16 July 1981 – 31 October 2003
12. Dr Mahathir is Malaysia and Asia’s longest serving Prime Minister.
13. Dr Mahathir’s political involvement is filled with events and significance where he started being active in 1945. He joined the Umno in 1946.
14. Dr Mahathir was first elected into the Parliament in the 1964 general elections via the Kota Setar Selatan seat with more than 60% majority votes. The following elections (1969) saw him losing the seat by 989 votes after declaring that he did not need to win through Chinese votes.
15. Following the race riots of 13 May 1969, Dr Mahathir wrote a letter, (which was widely distributed) to the then Prime Minister Tunku Abdul Rahman, criticizing the manner in which Tunku Abdul Rahman had handled the country’s administration favoring the ethnic Chinese. For doing that, he was expelled from Umno.
16. Some of the more controversial happenings under Dr Mahathir‘s leadership include removing of the veto power and the Royal immunity from prosecution. Before he took on this action, passing of any bill of law required royal consent but with what he took on, royal assent is considered legal after a 30 days period.
17. Dr Mahathir was also known to be responsible for the removal of Tun Salleh Abas, the Lord President of the Supreme Court together with 3 other Supreme Court Justices prior to the investigation of misconduct hearing of Umno, the party that he is also the president.
18. Dr Mahathir announced his resignation from UMNO on 19 May 2008.
19. For his efforts to promote the economic development of the country, Dr Mahathir has been granted the soubriquet of Bapa Pemodenan (Father of Modernization)
20. Dr Mahathir ‘s official residence, Sri Perdana, where he resided from 23 August 1983 to 18 October 1999, was turned into a museum (Galeria Sri Perdana).
21. During his administration, Dr Mahathir was considered to be one of Asia’s most influential leaders. He is also noted in the Western world as an outspoken critic of Western-style
22. Mahathirism is a pejorative term used by Malaysians to describe the policies and methods used by Dr Mahathir to maintain his political power. Mahathirism has been critically defined as a “Machiavellian ploy to exploit race and religion for financial gain and power.”
23. During this period, Dr Mahathir embarked on various large scale national projects, such as:
i. The North-South Highway, which has cut transport times in half on the west coast of Malaysia;
ii. The Multimedia Super Corridor, a flagship project based on Silicon Valley designed to enable Malaysia’s foray into Information Technology (it includes Malaysia’s new administrative capital Putrajaya,
iii. Port of Tanjung Pelepas
iv. The glittering Kuala Lumpur Internatinal Airport (KLIA) in Sepang, and an adjacent Formula One circuit;
v. The Bakun Dam, meant to supply all of the electricity needs of the East Malaysian states of Sabah and Sarawak and which has enough capacity to enable exportation of power to Brunei. The project has since run into various difficulties and controversies, leading to at first, its cancellation and then its revival as a greatly scaled down project.
vi. Olympic-class stadium in Bukit Jalil; and
vii. The Petronas Twin Towers, the tallest twin towers in the world, and the world’s tallest building from 1997 to 2003, that have become symbolic of modern Malaysia.
24. In May 2008, Dr Mahathir started a blog under his old pseudonym ‘Che Det’, which reached a million visitors within the span of one month, and nearing 20 million hits just a bit over a year after his first posting.
25. Dr Mahathir has also ventured into a bakery business with a Japanese partner. Together they established a Japanese-style bakery and bistro outlet called “The Loaf“. As of October 2007, there are two outlets in Malaysia, one in Langkawi and one in Kuala Lumpur.
26. In 1997, the Chairman of the King Faisal International Prize Committee Prince Khaled Al-Faisal presented the King Faisal International Prize for service to Islam was awarded to Dr. Mahathir for his distinguished services to Muslims all over the world as well as in his own country.
27. In 2007, Banda Aceh – Syiah Kuala (Unsyiah) University awarded an honorary doctorate to Dr. Mahathir for his leadership and economic development concept.
28. In 1998, the World Information Technology and Services Alliance (WITSA) awarded the ASOCIO IT Award 1998 to Dr. Mahathir, marking the first time this award was bestowed upon a Prime Minister of any country. Dr. Mahathir was given the award in recognition of his “significant contribution” to the development of the IT industry in Malaysia as well as through the Multimedia Super Corridor initiative.
29. The International Medical University (IMU) bestowed an on Dr Mahathir on 19 August 2009 at the university’s campus in Bukit Jalil. This award was given in recognition of his enormous and invaluable contribution to the country.
30. Dr Mahathir was awarded the inaugural BrandLaureate Hall of Fame Award 2008 for his efforts in putting the country on the world map.
31. Dr Mahathir was conferred an Honorary Doctorate of Humanity by Lim Kok Wing University in 2009.

32. In 2003, President Vladimir Putin of Russia bestowed the “Orden Drusby” (Order of Friendship), the highest state award of Russia, on Dr Mahathir for his effort in strengthening bilateral relations.
33. Dr Mahathir’s book Selected Letters to World Leaders was voted the most popular book under the non-fiction category in the Popular-The Star Readers’ Choice Awards
34. Dr Mahathir was conferred “Tokoh Takaful Award” at the Malaysian Takaful Association inaugural Dinner and Awards Nite 2009 in recognition of his outstanding contribution to the takaful industry
35. Books by Tun Dr Mahathir
i. The Malay Dilemma (1970)
ii. The Challenge, (1986)
iii. Regionalism, Globalism, and Spheres of Influence: ASEAN and the Challenge of Change into the 21st Century (1989
iv. The Pacific Rim in the 21st century, (1995)
v. The Challenges of Turmoil, (1998)
vi. The Way Forward, (1998)
vii. A New Deal for Asia, (1999)
viii. Islam & The Muslim Ummah, (2001)
ix. Globalisation and the New Realities (2002)
x. Reflections on Asia, (2002
xi. The Malaysian Currency Crisis: How and why it Happened,(2003)
xii. Achieving True Globalization, (2004)
xiii. Islam, Knowledge, and Other Affairs, (2006)
xiv. Principles of Public Administration: An Introduction, (2007)
xv. Chedet.com Blog Merentasi Halangan (Bilingual), (2008)
Note:
“MAMAK” a term (derived from a TAMIL word meaning UNCLE) used in Malaysia to describe the Tamil Muslim community (Wikipedia)
I have never met a man who could not teach me something.
– Dev
The difference between genius and stupidity is that genius has its limits!
Many people I have met along my journey of life, with their wisdom have changed the direction of flow of my life for the betterment, forever. Alas, there are so many of them that I fail to remember them all.
Every once awhile, I have an encounter with what I term a BRAIN DEAD MORN (BDM)! For some strange but true reason, I remember them forever.
In this episode of STRANGE ENCOUNTERS, I would like to share some of the Moronic Ideologies of these BDMs.
Brace yourself!
————————————————————–
This morning I had a call from one of my participants. He is part of a group with whom I am running a year long training program.
His long-winded ramblings were rather ‘moronic’ to say the least. At times I thought he was going to pass out because he did not pause to breath in or out. It is then that I realized that he had had much practice at this trick, even though I was wondering where one had to go to learn to speak without commas, full stops or any other manner of punctuation marks?
And upon the successful completion of the download of his verbal dhyrea, I excitedly opened up an existing file folder in my mind labeled ‘BDM’, into which I store data of such nature. Most times I delete the data, but ahhh, here was a real gem. Must press the ‘save’ button!
He told me in no uncertain terms that his Up-line Leader (in the business) was an $#$^&, &%$#$# and of course a *^%%@ too. So in order to ‘punish’ him, he had decided not to do anything to move his business so that his Up-line could not make any more income from him.
“That will teach him a lesson!” he said with such glee, that I could almost see his full 32 teeth in my mind’s eye.
I have never met a man so ignorant that I couldn’t learn something from him. – Galileo Galile
I paused a long time and then said, “The difference between genius and stupidity is that genius has its limits! And you Sir, have taken it to the next level.”
“Sir, what do you mean?” he wanted to know.
“I am going to tell you a story of another specimen, just like you, that I had the great fortune to meet.” I replied.
He quickly snapped back, “Sir, why do you have to tell me a story of someone else because the issue is about my Up line, not with this other person in your story.”
“Ahh, but you will find yourself in this story, my dear friend,” was my clever reply.
There was a momentary silence, and I assumed that he was preparing himself to listen to my story.
“Many years ago, while I was a consultant to one of the major Insurance companies in Malaysia, I one day followed one of the agents to help her collect a monthly premium from one of her clients because he had not paid the last several months. He was a close friend of her family and was a part time musician. He did not make much income and so she did not want his policy to lapse. That would mean if anything happened to him, he would have no recourse. And if nothing happened but his policy lapsed then he might be unable to recover most of what he had already paid,” I begin telling him the story.
Every man I meet is in some way my superior.
In that I may learn of him. – Ralph Waldo Emerson
He could not help but interrupt me. “But Sir, I am not selling Life Insurance and I am not complaining about making collections. I just want to kill my bloody &%## Up-Line, so he will know who I am.”
I just ignored his remark as I carried on. “She took me along to see if I could talk some sense into him so that he would not allow his policy to lapse.”
“As soon as he was introduced to me, he started telling me how hard and tough life was for him as a part time musician playing 3 night a week and paid only RM1000 per month. It was not enough for him to make ends meet. When I asked him what he did full time, I was surprised to learn that this was his only job. That’s why he called it a part time job.”
“The rest of the 4 days he simply stayed at home and did nothing.”
“I, at that time managed a band, and knew many of the hotel lounge managers who arranged part time bands to perform at the hotels.
Within the next few days I made some calls and arranged for him to meet with an agent who had contacts with most of the major hotels, pubs and event management companies looking for musicians and performers.
My musician friend did meet with the agent and called me almost immediately.
For some strange reason, my musician friend started speaking in a peculiar manner seldom heard of (almost like the guy who called me this morning), no commas or full stops, just one long sentence. The agent had heard of my musician friend as he was rather talented and was given a deal right there on the spot.
He was told that instead of being an in-house musician playing 3 nights a week at one pub (where he was then performing) for a mere RM1000, the agent offered him to perform at two different places. Performing at one hotel 3 nights a week with a starting fee of RM3000 and two night at a pub for RM2500. That meant he could now work 5 days a week and earn RM5500 instead of 3 days a week for a miserable RM1000.
Then he dropped the bombshell, that he did not take the deal. When I asked him why, he said that the Agent was very unethical because he was going to live off his hard earned money. He was going to take a 10% off his earnings as his agent.
I could not believe that this BDM rejected the deal and went back to playing for 3 days a week for a pathetic RM1000. He refused to part with 10 % but he was willing to lose a potential income of RM4950, which was above what he was then earning. He had nothing to do but sit at home on the other 4 days anyway.”
Why do we kill people who are killing people to show killing people is wrong?
“So, back to you my friend,” I said to this BDM at the other end of my line this morning.
Before I could say the next word, he bounced back, “Sir, what an idiot the musician is. By denying the agent his fee of RM550 he is killing himself by denying himself the RM4950 which could be his.”
“Precisely my point. Why do you think I am telling you his story? Now, how different are you from him?”
There was a long pause, and then his words came over the line in a rush, “OK Sir, I got to go now.” And he hug up without waiting for my response.
With no one at the other end of the line, I said, “I now proclaim thee The SUSAH WARRIOR with the title BDM!”
To these BDMs and other species of their like I dedicate this (and more to come) articles…need I say more???
Beliefs have the power to create and the power to destroy. Human beings have the awesome ability to take any experience of their lives and create a meaning that disempowers them or one that can literally save their lives.
- Tony Robbins
Note
***‘SUSAH’ means… difficult / hard / trouble/ problem/ challenge… in Malay, the national language of Malaysia
One of my favorite success role models is W. Clement. He started a Life Insurance company with $100 and built it into a multibillion dollar business. He passed away at 100.
He was responsible for talking the great Napoleon Hill out of retirement. They wrote and worked together until Hill’s death. Hill did his best work upon coming out of retirement.
W. Clement Stone started out with nothing and built an insurance empire.
He founded a multibillion-dollar insurance empire with $100 and sought to buck up the world with the idea that anyone might do the same-all they need is “positive mental attitude.”
“All I want to do is change the world,“ he said.
The founder of Combined Insurance Co., who through his private foundation passed along $275 million-especially for education and childhood development-since 1958, died Tuesday September 4, 2002 of pneumonia at Evanston Hospital. He was a resident of the North Shore suburb.

He celebrated his 100th birthday in May with a gift of $100,000 to the University of Illinois at Chicago.
Famous for his pencil-thin black mustache, his polka-dot bow ties and a solid fix on motivation as the engine of success, Mr. Stone identified so strongly with PMA (Positive Mental Attitude) that it was the ticker symbol for his holding company, Combined International Corp., when shareholders formed it in 1980.
Combined Insurance merged in 1982 with Ryan Insurance, and in 1987 the name changed to Aon Corp. Last year, it reported total revenue of more than $2.035 billion.
Mr. Stone’s notion was that any man can become wealthy ‘no matter how poor his start in life.’
He wrote books-most famously, with Napoleon Hill, Success Through a Positive Mental Attitude, published in 1960.
His own rags-to-riches tale started May 4, 1902, in Chicago, where he was born to Louis and Anna Gunn Stone. His father, Louis, a clothing manufacturer, died when he was 3. His mother found work as a dressmaker, while the boy, at 6, was on the streets, hawking the Examiner newspaper to help pay the rent.
At 13, he had his own newsstand at 31st and Cottage Grove.
At the age of 16, he joined his mother in Detroit, where she ran an insurance agency.
By 20, he had his own agency in Chicago and by 1930 had rounded up 1,000 agents.
As a teen, Mr. Stone dropped out of Senn High, but eventually completed a diploma at YMCA night classes.
Before leaving Senn, he met Jessie Verna Tarson. They married in 1923 when he was 21 and went on to rear three children. He always said she was part of his secret.
He contended that he lived so long “because I was married to the most beautiful girl in the world, and dancing every chance I could,” friends remember him saying.
Even the Depression didn’t get Mr. Stone down. He was quoted in the New York Times saying it forced good work habits.
He called his books “inspirational self-help action books” but it was the Bible, he said, that was “the world’s greatest self-help book.”
A generous backer of Republicans, he contributed to Richard M. Nixon-with whom he bonded because of interest in the Boys Clubs-and was named a trustee of the Nixon Foundation. He was nominated for the Nobel Peace Prize in 1980 for his philosophy and his philanthropy, including the W. Clement and Jessie V. Stone Foundation.
Survivors include his wife; a son, Norman, 12 grandchildren and 13 great-grandchildren.
“There are a lot of speakers who have similarities to other speakers, and many times people can get them mixed up. But not Jim. There is nobody like him in the world. There is – and always will be – one Jim Rohn.” ~Brian Tracy
With great sadness we share that Jim Rohn, our mentor and friend, left us December 5, 2009 for a better place.
Over the past 18 months, in his battle with Pulmonary Fibrosis, Jim assured us with a smile that all is good, that he would fight until the last breath, yet he had no fear as to what would be next. Jim’s faith was as much a part of his life as his desire to inspire and challenge us all to be the best we could be and to live our dreams.
Jim’s courage in his final months and days were a testament to his message that we should all fight the good fight. He never gave up and never gave in.
Jim Rohn touched millions of lives over the past 46 years through his seminars, books, articles and CDs. He always stayed long after an event to shake hands, take pictures and sign autographs. He loved making a difference in people’s lives, that was his passion and inspiration. Yet he was also a private man who kept a small, loyal and caring inner circle. He was a tremendous friend to those who knew him.
Harold Dyke, long time close friend of Jim’s for over 55 years said it best, “As Jim is ending one life he is simultaneously being birthed into a new life. One that he has talked about over the years and anticipated with great joy in his last remaining days.”
Kyle Wilson, long time colleague and friend of Jim had this to say about his mentor, “Jim Rohn was a great human being. Jim had the rare ability to take any concept or idea and then frame it in such a way that the rest of us could see it more clearly. His wisdom and insights positively affected everyone he touched on some level and to so many of us it was in an extraordinary way. But even more impressive was Jim Rohn the man. He possessed style and charisma, yet was humble, kind and understated to all who knew him. I find myself every day reflecting, benefiting and passing on the wisdom and ideas that are rooted in Jim’s message and wisdom. Jim is irreplaceable on every level. I will miss him beyond words, but am comforted as I know he was, that his message and legacy will live on and positively change millions of lives over the years to come!”
Someone once said “when you are born you enter the world crying while everyone else is rejoicing and when you die hopefully you have lived such a life that everyone will be crying while you are rejoicing”. Jim Rohn lived such a life.
Jim’s family asked us to thank all of you for your concern, prayers and love toward their father and grandfather, which has been so evident during the past 18 months.
Darren Hardy, dedicated student and Jim Rohn protégé for more than 15 years, said of Jim, “He was the most influential man in my life, second only to my father. Jim cemented my philosophical foundation and nourished my mind with ideas and ambitions never before imagined. He chiseled my character seminar by seminar, tape by tape, book by book, then CD by CD, hour by hour. Jim emboldened my belief, in me and in my most daring dreams. When I fell and was bloodied, he was there with encouraging words to help me get back up. When I didn’t think I could go on, Jim convinced me I was stronger than I imagined. When I wanted a shortcut, he reminded me there aren’t any. Even when I got too caught up in trying to achieve and succeed, Jim compelled me to leave room to live, to laugh and to love.”
Stuart Johnson, business associate and long-time admirer, said, “I was first introduced to the philosophies and teachings of Jim Rohn almost 25 years ago. And he made an immediate impression on me. I was amazed by how this modest and unassuming man could communicate such an extraordinarily powerful message in simple and straightforward terms. In person, one-on-one, he was as humble and down-to-earth as he was in front of an audience of thousands. I will treasure my personal memories of Jim and know that I will forever benefit from the wisdom of this remarkable man.”
Jim Rohn was laid to rest Saturday, December 12 at Forest Lawn Memorial Park in Glendale, California. The private service was attended by family and close friends. Plans are being arranged for a Public Memorial Service to be held in the Los Angeles area in the coming weeks. Details will be announced here upon final completion.
We know Mr. Rohn is looking down on us at this very moment with a smile saying I did it, I gave it my all, I went for it, now it’s your turn. Go for it. Make your life a life worth living well!
Jim fondly closed his programs with the following sentiments: “I go with you in all the experience that we’ve had. But I promise you this as we leave here: I will not leave you behind. I’ll take you with me in my thoughts and in my heart.”
View a special tribute to Jim below produced earlier this year and debuted at the March 2009 SUCCESS Symposium.
Please click Tribute to Jim Rohn to view video
A lady in a faded gingham dress and her husband, dressed in a homespun threadbare suit, stepped off the train in Boston, and walked timidly without an appointment in to the Harvard University President’s outer office. The secretary could tell in a moment that such backwoods, country hicks had no business at Harvard and probably didn’t even deserve to be in Cambridge.
‘We’d like to see the president,’ the man said softly. ’He’ll be busy all day,’ the secretary snapped. ‘We’ll wait,’ the lady replied.
For hours the secretary ignored them, hoping that the couple would finally become discouraged and go away. They didn’t, and the secretary grew frustrated and finally decided to disturb the president, even though it was a chore she always regretted. ‘Maybe if you see them for a few minutes, they’ll leave,’ she said to him! He sighed in exasperation and nodded.
Someone of his importance obviously didn’t have the time to spend with them, and he detested Gingham dresses and Homespun suits cluttering up his outer office.
The president, stern faced and with dignity, strutted to ward the couple. The lady told him, ‘We had a son who attended Harvard for one year. He love Harvard. He was happy here. But about a year ago, he was accidentally killed. My husband and I would like to erect a memorial to him, somewhere on campus.’ The president wasn’t touched. He was shocked. ‘Madam,’ he said, gruffly, ‘we can’t put up a statue for every person who attended Harvard and died. If we did, this place would look like a cemetery.’
‘Oh, no,’ the lady explained quickly. ‘We don’t want to erect a statue. We thought we would like to give a building to Harvard.’ The president rolled his eyes. He glanced at the gingham dress and homespun suit, then exclaimed, ‘A building! Do you have any earthly idea how much a building costs? We have over seven and a half million dollars in the physical buildings here at Harvard.’
For a moment the lady was silent. The president was pleased. Maybe he could get rid of them now. The lady turned to her husband and said quietly, ‘Is that all it costs to start a university? Why don’t we just start our own?’
Her husband nodded. The president’s face wilted in confusion and bewilderment.
Mr. and Mrs. Leland Stanford got up and walked away, traveling to Palo Alto, California where they established the university that bears their name, Stanford University, a memorial to a son that Harvard no longer cared about. You can easily judge the character of others by how they treat those who they think can do nothing for them.
THIS IS A TRUE STORY By Malcolm Forbes about the founders of the now world renowned STANFORD UNIVERSITY!!
Wonderful Morning Master Coach,
I watched the DVD The Secret and read other works by Bob Proctor. I heard him mention the term ‘Universal Laws’. Since you are associated with Bob Proctor, can you please clarify what are these Universal Laws that he mentions?
Thank you,
Madam Eveline, Hong Kong
Hi Madam Eveline,
The application of these Universal Laws culminates in what is termed as the Lawful Process. For the manifestation of any Goal upon this 3 dimensional earth plane one must first activate the workings of these laws. The workings of these laws results in a precise formula know as the Lawful Process.

There are 7 Laws that govern the working of the Universe. Quantum Physics is now beginning to verify and validate them from a scientific view point.
These 7 Universal Laws are often referred to as Laws of Quantum Physics, Laws of God, Natural Laws, Laws of the Universe and many other such names.
DEFINITION OF LAW
THE UNIFORM AND ORDELY METHOD OF THE OMNIPOTENT GOD
THE 7 UNIVERSAL LAWS
1. Transmutation of Natural Energy
2. Law of Polarity
3. Law of Rhythm
4. Law of Relativity
5. Law of Vibration and Attraction
6. Law of Gender
7. Law of Cause and Effect
1. LAW OF TRANSMUTATION OF NATURAL ENERGY
i. Energy Moves into the physical form
ii. The images you hold in your mind most often materialize in the results in your life
2. LAW OF POLARITY
i. Everything has an opposite: Hot – Cold. Up – Down. Good – Bad
ii. Constantly look for the good in people and situations. When you find it, tell the person
iii. People love compliments and the positive idea in your mind makes you feel good. Remember, good idea – good vibration
3. LAW OF RHYTHM
i. The tide goes out…, night follows day, good times –bad times. When you are on a down swing, do not feel bad.
ii. Know the swing will change and things will get better. There are good times coming – Think of them.
4. LAW OF RELATIVITY
i. Nothing is good or bad, big or small until you RELATE it to something
ii.Practice relating your situation to something much worse and yours will always look good
5. LAW OF VIBRATION AND ATTRACTION
i. Everything Vibrates, nothing rests
ii. Conscious awareness of vibration is called Feeling. Your thoughts control your paradigms and your vibration
iii. When you are not feeling good, become aware of what you are thinking, then think of something pleasant
6. LAW OF GENDER
i.Every seed has a gestation or incubation period. Ideas are spiritual seeds and will move into form or physical results
ii. Your goals will manifest when the time is right. Know they will
7. LAW OF CAUSE AND EFFECT
i. Whatever you send into the Universe comes back. Action – reaction are equal and opposite
ii. Say good things to everyone; treat everyone with total respect and it will all come back. Never worry about what you are going to get, just concentrate on what you can give
These are the 7 Universal Laws as taught to me by Bob Proctor. I cannot begin to say how many people’s lives have been transformed by the understanding and the application of these laws in their personal and professional lives.
Please reach me at Self Mastery Learning Centre, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia if you wish to learn the application of these laws into your life.

As stated by Raja Petra Kamarudin (RPK)
A confusion has erupted due to ignorance. It has been stated that the Indians came here as beggars and the Chinese as prostitutes. Actually, if you were to really study Malayan and Malaysian history over the last 500 years or so, you will find that this country’s history is not just about beggars and prostitutes. It is about much more than that.
Malayan history has to be dissected into many periods. And each of these periods saw immigration involving almost all the races in Malaysia, save the Orang Asli (the Original People). In New Zealand, these Orang Asli would be the Maoris and in Australia the Aborigines. Therefore, anyone who is neither a Maori nor an Aborigine is a ‘pendatang’ or immigrant.
THE ARABS IN MALAYSIA
The Arabs and the Indians (Muslims from Gujarat) came to Malaya more than 500 years ago as traders and merchants. These were the people who brought Islam to this country. At that time, the locals were mostly Hindus while those from Negeri Sembilan were Buddhists, plus many who worshipped trees, the sea, rivers, mountains and whatnot. The coming of the Arab and Indian merchants exposed the locals to Islam.
In those days, the people followed their Rulers. Therefore, when the Rulers converted to Islam the people followed – although they may not have believed in Islam or understood the religion. In fact, many till today still do not understand Islam after more than 500 years.
THE CHINESE IN MALAYSIA
Then along came the Chinese and many were actually Muslims as well. Islam first reached China around 100 years after Prophet Muhammad. This means Islam had ‘migrated’ to China about 1,300 to 1,400 years ago, 800 to 900 years earlier than Islam in Malaysia. Of course, in the northern states bordering Thailand it was earlier than that. (Refer to the Batu Bersurat discovered in Kuala Berang in Terengganu).
Is it not ironical that Malays call Chinese Muslims ‘mualaf’ when the Chinese were Muslims almost 1,000 years before the Malays even heard of Islam?
Okay, now take my family as an example. The Selangor Sultanate was founded in 1745. The first Sultan, Raja Lumu, migrated here from the Riau islands in Indonesia. By then, of course, the Arabs, Indians and Chinese had already been here 200 to 300 years, some even longer.
But these Arabs, Indians and Chinese were traders and merchants, not warriors or fighters, whereas the Bugis from Riau only knew one occupation – fighting and plundering. In short, they were pirates, which was a noble profession back in those days where even Queen Elizabeth the First knighted those English pirates who plundered Spanish ships.
In fact, the Bugis came here because of a sort of civil war in their home country. There was a fight over a girl and the son of the local Ruler was killed in that fight. So the offending party was exiled and had to leave Riau. And that was when they came here in the 1700s and founded the Selangor Sultanate.
Do not members of the Selangor Royal Family fighting with their Ruler and going into exile sound very familiar to you? Yes, 300 years ago this was the ‘tradition’ and still is in my case.

Invariably, the Bugis, being fighters, took Selangor as their territory by the sheer force of its ‘army’. None of the traders, who although were here earlier, would dare resist the Bugis who enjoyed killing (some Bugis still do today, as you may well be aware). But Selangor was under Perak patronage.

So Raja Lumu had to make a trip to Lumut in Perak to get crowned as the First Sultan by the then 17th or so Sultan of Perak. (Can’t remember if it was the 15th or 17th but it was around that). And he took the name of Sultan Salehuddin Shah.
Selangor eventually grew in prosperity. Actually, tin had already been discovered even before Raja Lumu became Sultan in 1745. And it was the Chinese who were working the tin mines. But now, since Selangor had a ‘government’, all the land in Selangor became ‘state property’. And therefore the Chinese had to get permission from the Sultan before they could mine for tin.

Around 100 years later, only when Sultan Abdul Samad took over as the Fourth Sultan of Selangor in 1859 (he was born in 1804) did they properly organize the tin industry. New areas were opened up in Ampang, Rawang, Kajang, and whatnot. And of course, all these tin mines were owned by the Sultan and members of his family — brothers, sons, nephews, etc.

The Malays, however, did not want to work those mines. Conditions were hard and diseases wiped out entire communities. Those who survived these brutal conditions were the exception rather than the rule. So they needed people who were desperate enough to work those tin mines and were prepared to take the risk and probably lose the ‘gamble’.
And who else to talk to if not the Chinese who had already been working those mines for hundreds of years?

So members of the Selangor Royal Family went into ‘joint venture’ with the Chinese, just like they did in Perak, another rich tin state. The Malay Royals would ‘arrange’ for the tin concessions and the Chinese would provide the labour force to work those concessions. In a way, you could say that the Selangor Royal Family were the first to ‘invent’ the Ali Baba system back in the 1800s, long before the New Economic Policy in 1970.
Anyway, to reach Ampang and those other surrounding rich tin areas, they had to travel up the Klang River. Raja Abdullah and Yap Ah Loy led the first expedition and they landed on the site where the Gombak River and Kelang River meet. The place where they landed is the site of the famous Masjid Jamek in Kuala Lumpur.
From there they marched overland through the jungle into Ampang. And thereafter Kuala Lumpur was never the same again. It prospered and continued to prosper over more than 200 years from the 1800s.

Yap Ah Loy bought up a lot of land in Kuala Lumpur and built his business empire. He opened bars, brothels and all sorts of businesses, legal as well as illegal (illegal by today’s standards though). Even the British Colonial ‘masters’ would patronise Yap Ah Loy’s brothels to sample the latest ‘China Dolls’ brought in from the mainland.
Of course, the normal customers would have to pay for these vices. The British masters, however, could enjoy all these services for free. Yes, even back in the 1800s the Chinese businessmen were already bribing the government officials.
Now, while Yap Ah Loy has been entered into the history books as the ‘Founder of Kuala Lumpur’, Raja Abdullah is never mentioned. The only thing associated with Raja Abdullah is that road in Kampong Baru that carries his name. Yap Ah Loy may have been the capitalist who opened up Kuala Lumpur.

But he was only able to do so because he had a ‘sleeping’ partner, Raja Abdullah, who gave him all this land to develop.
Okay, that is the Chinese story. So, yes, some did come here as prostitutes working for Yap Ah Loy. But that was incidental. Whenever frontier land is opened up the girls servicing these frontier-men follow – like in the Wild West of America. Would you say that the White immigrants to America were all prostitutes?
THE INDIANS IN MALAYSIA

Now, over to the Indians. As I said, the Indian (and Arab) traders and merchants first came here more than 500 years ago and even brought Islam to this country. But the ‘other’ Indians, the workers, came at about the time that Yap Ah Loy and Raja Abdullah were turning Kuala Lumpur into a thriving metropolis.
At that time, the British planters were in Ceylon (Sri Lanka today) growing cocoa. Then a plant disease spread throughout the island and all the trees died. But this disease not only killed all the trees but contaminated the land as well. This means the land was now useless and it was not a matter of just replanting.

Then the British looked at Malaya and decided that the conditions (land, climate, etc.) in Malaya were the same as in Ceylon. So they relocated their cocoa estates to Malaya. But there was no way they could get the Malays to work these cocoa estates. Furthermore, the Ceylonese workers were well trained and had been doing this work for years.
So, in the mid-1800s, the British brought the now unemployed Ceylonese cocoa workers to this country to work the Malayan cocoa plantations.
Then disaster struck. Brazil over-planted cocoa and this triggered a worldwide glut. It was no longer economical to plant cocoa. The price you would fetch for your cocoa was lower than your production cost. The British had no choice but to close down the cocoa plantations.
Around that time, the British, who had mischievously smuggled rubber seeds out of Brazil (which was a crime then), successfully grew rubber trees in the Kew Gardens in London. They also did some research and discovered a better way of planting rubber trees where the trees would give a better yield compared to the trees in Brazil. Rubber planting in Brazil was haphazard and not properly organized.
Since Malaya had to close down all its cocoa plantations and it now had idle plantation land and surplus Ceylonese workers, the British planters decided to switch over to rubber. And because the British took advantage of research and technology, the Malayan rubber trees were more productive and profitable. Eventually, Malaya dislodged Brazil as the top rubber producer in the world.
So, from the mid-1800s to around 1920, Indians and Chinese came to Malaya in great numbers. This was more or less the second wave of mass migration. And it was for economic reasons and to provide the labour for jobs that the Malays would never do. But there were earlier and other migrations as well.
For example, around the late 1800s and early 1900s, the British set up English medium schools for Malays. One such school, the Malay College Kuala Kangsar, was a school exclusive for sons of Royalty and the Malay elite. Invariably, they needed schoolteachers who were proficient in the English language. And India offered a good source of English medium schoolteachers (Malays could not speak English yet at that time).
On the commercial side, there were many Indian businesses, workers and whatnot. But there was no way they could qualify for loans from British owned banks. So the Indians from the Chettiar community came here to set up money-lending businesses to service their community.
When the Malayan rail network was being developed, where else to get the workers if not from the country with the largest railway in the world, India?

AND THIS, MY FRIENDS,
IS THE TRUE HISTORY OF MALAYSIA…!!!
Most people complain that everything seems to be wrong with today, and they always talk so fondly about the ‘good ol days’.
Were they really all that good? Even if they were, why can’t they focus on what’s good in today? I am sure they would find something good if they look for it. At any rate, the present will one day be their past, and if today is all that bad, how then are they ever going to look back to today and talk about these good old days?
I suggest you focus on what’s good in today and create new memories, which you can in the future look back and reminiscence these good old days. In that, you will always have the good old days to recall, while living in and creating more ‘good old days’ for your future. What a beautiful way to live, wouldn’t you say?
Lets pay a short visit to these ‘good ol days’ that everyone talks about and see how really good they were during those good ol’ days?
Lets say, we pay the good ol’ 1909 a visit….
Imagine the year is 1909, one hundred years ago. I wonder what a difference a century makes!
Here are some statistics for the Year 1909, to indulge your imagination…
The average life expectancy was 47 years.
Only 14 percent of the homes had a bathtub.
Only 8 percent of the homes had a telephone.
There were only 8,000 cars and only 144 miles of paved roads.
The maximum speed limit in most cities was 10 mph.
The tallest structure in the world was the Eiffel Tower!
The average wage in 1909 was 22 cents per hour.
The average worker made between $200 and $400 per year.
A competent accountant could expect to earn $2000 per year. A dentist $2,500 per year, a veterinarian between $1,500 and $4,000 per year, and a mechanical engineer about $5,000 per year.

More than 95 percent of all births took place at HOME.
Ninety percent of all doctors had NO COLLEGE EDUCATION! Instead, they attended so-called medical schools, many of which were condemned in the press AND the government as ‘substandard. ‘
Sugar cost four cents a pound.
Eggs were fourteen cents a dozen.
Coffee was fifteen cents a pound.
Most women only washed their hair once a month, and used Borax or egg yolks for shampoo.
Canada passed a law that prohibited poor people from entering into their country for any reason.
Five leading causes of death were:
1. Pneumonia and influenza

2. Tuberculosis
3. Diarrhea
4. Heart disease
5. Stroke
The American flag had 45 stars.
The population of Las Vegas, Nevada, was only 30!
Crossword puzzles, canned beer, and ice tea hadn’t been invented yet.
There was no Mother’s Day or Father’s Day.
Two out of every 10 adults couldn’t read or write.
Only 6 percent of all Americans had graduated from high school.
Marijuana, heroin, and morphine were all available over the counter at the local corner drugstores. Back then pharmacists said, ‘Heroin clears the complexion, gives buoyancy to the mind, regulates the stomach and bowels, and is, in fact, a perfect guardian of health.’ (shocking!)
Eighteen percent of households had at least one full-time servant or domestic help.
There were about 230 reported murders in the ENTIRE U.S.A.
(Mainly because there was a firearm of some sort in almost every home! An armed society is a POLITE society)
Now, I wonder, if the good ol’ days were really all that good?
I was able to make this information available to you, and for the rest of the world to read, for free, in a matter of minutes! I doubt very much if this access was available in the good ol’ days?
Now, if you think how far we have progressed in the last 100 years, try (if you can) to imagine what it may be like in another 100 years!!!
I read Think & Grow Rich (TGR) by Napoleon Hill because my boy friend attended your class The Success Warrior Intensive last year and insisted that I read it. He told me that you said in class that TGR was non-negotiable reading if anyone desires to be a success.
I really enjoyed reading it and now view my whole life differently. However, I am a little confused about Chapter 10 (The Transmutation Of Sexual Energy). Can you please explain how this transmutation process works and what do I need to do to transmute this energy?
Thank you very much and I look forward to meeting you in person soon.
Have a great 2010.
Rina Meline, India

Hi Rina,
Thank you for your question. It is about time I said my piece on Chapter 10 because I get lots of questions from all those that I recommend TGR.
As a matter of fact, for some strange but true reason, most people either take up my offer to read TGR because of Chapter 10 or, when they start their reading of TGR, they always read Chapter 10 first! Hahaha! I don’t really care, so long as they read the rest of the book too.
Rina, I hope my short write up below will shed some light.
Napoleon Hill said that one of the secrets to success is to transmute your sexual energy into creative business energy. Hill says that this is why men usually become successful only after they pass the age of 40 when they loose interest in chasing after women and therefore transmute their sexual energy into business rather than wasting it. Many other writers have also given advice on transmuting sexual energy into creative energy, but few ever explain the process.
Some people have naturally transmuted their sexual energy into success. Think of the nerds you knew in high school who went on to be very successful in business. The assumption is that due to poor social skills they were unable to achieve sexual success so they turned their attention to technical subjects and created amazing technical inventions. Bill Gates is often used as an example; however, I don’t really know what he was like in high school.
THE SCIENCE BEHIND THE TRANSMUTATION OF ENERGY
In its basic state, energy ‘just-is’. It is neither positive nor negative, neither good or bad. It is how we direct this energy that gives it its attributes.
Newton’s 3rd Laws states that Energy cannot be created or destroyed, that it can only change its form. And the Law of Energy states that ‘Energy Follows Thought.’ Since energy itself is neutral in its pure state, any thoughts that we think affects and changes the state of this energy. And with the power of thoughts, we can alter the composition of this energy and transmute it from one state into another, from sexual energy into success energy, as in the case of Hill.
CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION
The ancient philosophies and practices of the east had very explicit instructions and exercises designed to transmute sexual energy. Certain exercises taught in Creative Breath Meditation are based on the transmutation of sexual energy.
The basic mechanism of these Creative Breath Meditation exercises moves the creative energy from the sexual chakra to the upper chakras using the creative sound of a mantra, i.e. the SA-TA-NA-MA sound. The use of this (or other mantras) sound moves the energy up through each of the chakras leading eventually to the forehead chakra. There, the energy will create whatever you are visualizing in your third eye.
If you are interested to learn the full process or about other specific mantras, please reach me through the COMMENTS SECTION at the end of this article or email me personally at dev@selfmastery.com.my
TRANSMUTING SEXUAL ENERGY BY CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION
Here is a simple exercise as taught in the Creative Breath Meditation. It not only transmutes sexual energy into any desired form, but it also generates massive amounts of raw sexual energy as its base energy to work with.
1. Sit comfortably on the floor, preferably in a lotus position. If not, just cross your legs.
2. Bring your thumb and your first finger together forming a ring. Do the same with your other hand. Now, bring this 2 rings together and form a chain, thereby locking them together.
3. Place your hands into your lap with the remaining 3 fingers of your left hand resting in the palm of your right hand. Face your palms upwards.
5. The Breath Count for converting raw Cosmic Energy into Sexual Energy. The accumulation of sexual energy serves as the base energy to be later converted into any desired out come of your choice.
i. Begin this exercise by exhaling all the air out through your mouth.
ii. Now take a long slow breath in, to a count of 8. Let the air flow in through your nose effortlessly.
iii. Then slowly let the air out through your mouth at a count of 8. Do this effortlessly and naturally.
iv. Now hold your breath (just after you exhale) at a count of 8.
v. Repeat step (ii) to (iv) for 7 minutes
This simple ancient breath count exercise is a very powerful way to generate sexual energy, which is the base energy for all Spiritual, Mental, Emotional and Physical manifestations at the physical plane.

If you are interested to learn more advance breath counts for specific outcomes, please reach me through the COMMENTS SECTION at the end of this article or email me personally at dev@selfmastery.com.my
6. Once you have a substantial amount of stored Sexual Energy, you can now begin to convert it into any form that you desire.
There are several exercises to do this transmutation. I am going to share one such exercise with you
i. Begin this exercise by exhaling all the air out through your mouth.
ii. Close your eyes.
iii. Place your tongue against the roof of you mouth.
iv. Now take a long slow breath in through you nose, to a count of 8.
v. Now hold your breath (just after you inhale) at a count of 8.
vi. I want you now to see the picture of your dream / desire in your imagination.
vii. Then slowly let the air out through your mouth at a count of 8.
viii. Repeat step (iv) to (vii) 7 times
ix. Remember to keep your tongue pressed against the roof of your mouth throughout this entire exercise.
If you are interested to learn the full process, please reach me through the COMMENTS SECTION at the end of this article or email me personally at dev@selfmastery.com.my
TAO OF SEXOLOGY

One of the best studies I have found of transmuting sexual energy is in the Tao of Sexology by Steven Chang. The ancient Taoist understood the basic workings of the human body and its animal instincts. Rather than trying to suppress or fight against the animal instincts as many modern religions teach, the Taoist embraced the animal nature and used it to benefit the body and life in general.
In the Taoist teachings, the sexual nature of humans is not condemned in any way. Sexual energy can be used for healing the body, enhancing productivity, improving relationships and also in creative manifestation. The Taoist seem to truly understand the power of transmuting sexual energy.
If you are interested to learn how to transmute sexual energy through CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION, please reach me through the COMMENTS SECTION at the end of this article or email me personally at dev@selfmastery.com.my
SEXUAL ENERGY
In our modern society, sexual stimulation is everywhere we look. This over stimulation is often condemned by religious and humanitarian groups.
This form of sexual stimulation often results in the wasting of sexual energy or in the channeling of sexual energy into destructive paths.
Advertisers, politicians, drug companies and crime bosses all know the power of sexual stimulation in motivating people. Entire industries are based on ways to boost sexual prowess or to satisfy these urges. However all these methods only dissipate the sexual energy in unproductive or wasteful ways or they lead to more destructive uses of the powerful sexual energy.
Many so called men’s magazines use sexual images of women to promote the idea that highly sexual and attractive women are somehow unapproachable and unattainable. They can only be found as fantasy in the pages of their books. This form of sexual stimulation leads to separation and loneliness rather than love and oneness.
Sexual energy is the most powerful force on the earth. It can be used to bring people together in love or it can be used to create separation and division. It depends on the way that energy is focused or transmuted as Hill calls it.
The entire material existence is based on thought energy combined with strong emotion. Sexual energy is the ultimate combination of the two. Many people only see the ability of sexual energy to procreate and reproduce a species. However, that same energy that can create a new being can also be used to create anything which you desire.
In fact, sexual energy is already being used to create the life you live. However, for most people it is used ineffectively and the energy is weak because it is being dissipated or wasted in useless sexual activity. Or that energy may consciously be repressed through guilt or other beliefs that using sexual energy is bad or wrong.
SEXUAL FANTASY
To understand the power of sexual energy, take a few moments to fantasize about a sexual situation. Within just a few seconds of getting a clear fantasy in you mind, you will feel your body starting to react. Depending on how you feel about the fantasy, you may experience hot or cold in the extremities. Your pulse will quicken and if you continue the fantasy, you will become sexually aroused. If you continued the fantasy even further you could likely even bring yourself to orgasm through just the power of your mind.
Now realize that it is possible to use this same energy to manifest other things that you desire in life instead of just orgasms. As if orgasms were not enough.
So how do you focus and use your sexual energy to manifest the things you desire instead of wasting it? The first step is to train the body how to handle your sexual energy.
LAW OF VIBRATION & ATTRACTION Part 1
“The universe emerges from thought.
We are the creators not only of our own destiny
but also of the universe.”
YOUR QUESTION
Master Dev, what happens if you have had a thought of something about which you did not want without realizing. You know Thoughts keep coming!!! How do you clear out the unwanted thoughts without letting them take effect in your future?
Chetan Joshi
Melbourne, Australia
06.03.07
Hi my dearest brother Chetan,
Most times these are just passing phases that we must all go through, preparing us for what lies ahead of us. These are tests that we need to pass to graduate onto the next phase of life.
MY VERY HUMBLE ANSWER
First, and foremost it is paramount to understand that 90% of all the thoughts we are thinking today are the very thoughts we thought of yesterday, and the day before…and the day before! So we are not really thinking very many new thoughts
on a daily basis. MOST of the thoughts that we entertain ARE indeed thought about with no conscious thought.
Since most of these thoughts were entertained unawares, they appear to be thoughts that we did not really intend. But since the Universe must by law respond to your thoughts in like nature, we set in motion that very instant a string of event
that will actualize these thoughts in our reality.
Since most of these thoughts were ‘unintended’, most of these thoughts do NOT give us the kind of Results we seek in life.
This very simply means that we are in fact causing Results in our life which we do not want – without our realizing.
Hence, the first thing that we do need to do is NOT to fight these thoughts that we don’t want. Because that very simply keeps us ‘focused’ on these very thoughts that we are choosing to eliminate from our mind, and thus our life.
THE LAW OF ATTRACTION
“The law of attraction is that each one of us is determining the frequency that we’re on by what we’re thinking and feeling.”
ALTERNATIVE NAMES FOR THE LAW OF ATTRACTION
The Power of Intention
The Law of Abundance
The Law of Manifestation
The Lost Mode of Prayer
Living a Created Life
The Biology of Belief
The Isaiah Effect
A Power Greater Than You
The Secret
The Spiritual Law of Attraction
The Quantum Law of Attraction
As such, the more productive way would be to focus on an opposing thought, i.e., focusing on the thoughts that you want to give birth to in the deepest recesses of your Unconscious Mind.
James Allen continually reminds us in As A Man Thinketh (1905);
“The vision that I glorify in my mind, the ideal that I enthrone in my heart, this I will build my life by, and this I will become.”
We need to consistently keep our focus on what we DO want and off what we do NOT want.
Your question begins with the question, “What if I have already thought those thoughts, how do I stop them manifesting?”
‘What ever you give energy to, will grow.’
– Emerson.

Well, for one, we can’t kill off a thought that’s already been thought of. It has been sent out into the Universe, and the Universe MUST by law, reciprocate in like kind. The easier way would be to just start thinking a thought directly opposite of that, and in great abundance, until it nullifies and neutralizes the earlier thought sent out into the Universe. This may be one way to override the earlier thought.
The other way would be to just ‘observe’ these thoughts as they now manifest as images in our Conscious Mind. Don’t get caught up in these thoughts. Just observe them. If you get caught up in these thoughts, you then become the thought.
You get trapped in that thought, and you get embedded in that thought. As such, you give birth to that thought in the physical. Which means it now manifests as your reality onto this three dimensional world.
“Everything that’s coming into your life you are attracting into your life. And it’s attracted to you by virtue of the images you’re holding in your mind. It’s what you’re thinking. Whatever is going on in your mind you are attracting to you.”
- Bob Proctor

Let me help you here with a metaphor. Imagine thoughts being like clothes on a clothes line, hung out to dry. And you stand before this line of clothes. This clothes line moves before you as if pulled by someone on one end. As you observe these clothes moving along the clothes line before your very eyes, they are there a few seconds and then gone, replaced by the next clothing, and the next and the next. The moment you stare, focus, meditate, give your full attention to a piece of clothing on this line, the clothes line stops moving….contd Part 2
LAW OF VIBRATION & ATTRACTION Part 2The moment you begin to just observe the clothes on the line before you, they begin to move (again). The instant a certain clothing catches your attention and you focus on it, the lines stops moving and this one piece of clothing stops right before your eyes. So the more you look at it, the more you get caught up in its essence. You begin to notice its color, its texture, its nature etc. The more you observe those things about this clothing, the more you get taken in by this particular piece of clothing. And the more difficult it gets to take your focused attention off it. The more you observe it, the more attached you become to it. This keeps you perpetually looking at this particular piece of clothing. For as long as you keep looking at this piece of clothing, the line refuses to move and so in a relatively short period of time you get so caught up in this clothing that you began to identify so well with it, that you cannot even differentiate if you are watching a piece of clothing or if you are this clothing. Soon, you do get convinced that you are this clothing.
And you now get caught up in this clothing, for days, weeks, months; even years. You now identify with; and become this clothing- this issue in your life, this circumstance, this condition. And your better judgment is no longer able to distinguish if you are just observing it or if you are it.
You are now trapped in a loop of Self Doom Fulfilling Cycle. The more you look at this clothing (the issue), the deeper you get caught up in it. The more you get immersed in it, the more difficult it gets to take your focus off it. It keeps getting you right back into the issue, even deeper than before.
ALL THAT WE ARE IS THE RESULT
OF WHAT WE HAVE THOUGHT.
- Buddha
Hence, to break out of this cycle- this endless loop, you need to get your focus off the ‘issue’ and onto the solution, but to get focused onto the ‘solution’ you need to first get your focus off the ‘issue’. The very thing that you need to do to get out of it keeps getting you more involved in it. Thus, perpetuating a cycle that will eventually lead to your permanent entrapment in it.
You will reach a point where you are unable to determine if you are the observer or the observed. If you have now become the observed, you could then never become the observer. You have now become your problem.
Once you identify the problem (the issue) being you, you now get caught up in it. And guess what your mind automatically focuses on when you become the issue? Right, the issue! And as you focus more and more on the issue, you began to ‘vibrate’ at the vibratory rate of this issue.
When your entire being vibrates at this vibration, you send out vibrations of a like nature into the Universe. Guess what you attract more of? Right, more of the same! More of what you DON’T want! It becomes a Self Doom Fulfilling Circle – a Self Fulfilling Prophecy. No one need kill you. You do it unto yourself. Life is a do-it-your-self job.
So the question now is, how do I get out of this endless loop that I have got myself caught in, right?
Be the observer, not the observed. How do I do this? Don’t get caught up in the issue at hand. The issue JUST IS. It’s neither good nor bad. It’s how we process it by way of our Self Talk. That will determine if it’s positive or negative.
EVERY SINGLE THOUGHT YOU THINK INFLUENCES
YOUR (RATE OF) VIBRATION. YOUR VIBRATIONS
DETERMINE WHO AND WHAT YOU WILL ATTRACT TO
YOU TODAY. SO WATCH WHAT YOU THINK TODAY.
Don’t focus on what you don’t want in your life. Give all your attention to what you want instead. Since the Mind can only hold one thought at time, you can only focus on the problem or the solution at any one given moment. You can’t do both simultaneously. Since you have now chosen to focus on the solution, your Mind can in no way go back to the problem. And as you continue to focus on the solution, you now get immersed, caught up in the solution. You very soon began to think that you are this solution. And as you stay focused upon this solution, your mind will begin to cause you to emit a vibration consistent with the rate of the solution. And you will begin to send out vibrations of the solution out into the Universe. As always, the Universe MUST by law reciprocate. The Universe must by law respond accordingly. And you will find attracted unto you all the resources, opportunities, people, ideas, clues, tips, hints etc as to how to solve this issue.
As you focus on the solution, only solutions come to you. Only solutions get attracted into your life.
The Law states that, ‘Whatever must happen, will happen for you achieve your outcome!’
This is validated by the fact that when you think Xtype Thoughts, it causes you to have X-Feelings. These X-type Feelings generate X-type Vibrations in you, creating an X-type magnetic field around you. Now that you begin to vibrate at X Frequency, you will send out X-type vibrations out into the Universe. The Universe being always consistent,
must by law respond by sending back to you Xtype circumstances, conditions, environments, issues, etc, your way. Only X-type frequency can pick up other X-type frequencies. If you now vibrate at X frequency, (all things in the Universe being in a constant state of vibration) all things in the Universe vibrating at X frequency must by law get attracted to your X frequency.
Hence, we attract all conditions, circumstances, environment and everything consistent with our states of vibration unto us.
So, very simply stated – change your Thoughts by changing what you consistently Focus upon, and you will change your rate of Vibration. You will change what you attract into your life – and you will forever CHANGE YOUR LIFE
THE TAOIST DEER EXERCISE
The Taoist Deer Exercise is designed for this purpose.
The deer exercise trains the muscles in the body how to control the flow of sexual hormones and other body fluids associated with sexual energy. In males, sexual energy is normally completely wasted through the process of ejaculation. This release of energy is why men feel so drained and sleepy after having sex. The deer exercise teaches men how to control ejaculation and how to separate the pleasure of orgasm from the ejaculation and loss of vital fluids and sexual energy.
Through the process of injaculation, men can maintain their sexual energy and also achieve multiple orgasms. Sexual energy is not lost during this type of sexual activity and the pleasure of orgasm is not distracted by the flow of seminal fluid. Many health benefits are gained as well though the conservation of the seminal fluid which contains vital energy.
To learn the deer exercise, see Steven Chang’s Tao of Sexology. This article will focus on how to transmute the sexual energy once you have learned to conserve it.
To use your transmuted sexual energy follow these basic steps
STEP 1
Begin by building up you sexual energy. The deer exercise can be used for this purpose or you can use any other form of sexual stimulation that brings you joy. You may want to practice this alone at first as having a partner can be distracting. However, once you have mastered the process of sexual transmutation, having a partner in your manifestation process will multiply your power.
STEP 2
Once you have built up your sexual energy and have achieved a state of ecstasy and joy, begin to move the energy up your body to the higher chakras. Contract your pelvic floor muscles to pump the hormones up into the endocrine system. Make the sound of “aah” deep form you diaphragm to aid in moving the energy.

STEP 3
You will likely experience a tingling sensation in your spine as the energy moves up. Move the energy first in to the creative chakra. Visualize bright yellow colors as you feel your creativity expand. If you have any kind of problem in your life, now is the time to think of creative solutions. Don’t loose your sexual stimulation by focusing too much on the problem. Allow only the solution to drift into your mind then let it go. Continue with the “aah” sound to help move the energy.
STEP 4
Move the energy up to the heart chakra. Feel the power of love and sexual energy combine. Feel loving appreciation for your sexual power and energy. Experience increasing joy and ecstasy as the sexual energy is transmuted into love.
STEP 5
Now continue to move the sexual energy into the throat chakra. Feel the vibration of the “aah” sound as it resonates in you throat. Feel the power to express your desires. Feel the tingle in your back. If your sexual energy is starting to fade, go back to your sexual stimulation. Build up as much energy as you can without releasing it through ejaculation.

STEP 6
Now bring the sexual energy up to the level of the third eye. Feel the power of your love and sexual energy in your forehead. Feel the tingle in your back.
STEP 7
Now picture the thing that you wish to manifest. Picture it clearly and feel the emotion that you wish to feel. Keep your visualization simple and short so that you are not distracted from you source of sexual stimulation. Now, direct all the power of your orgasm into the visualization. Imagine that your desires are already in place and you feel the orgasmic feeling of satisfaction in their manifestation.
Clench your pelvic muscles to send bursts of energy up through your body. Allow sounds of pleasure to escape your mouth.
STEP 9
Continue to send bursts of energy into your desires as long you feel happy doing so. Do not push yourself to exhaustion. Just enjoy the flow of energy. Maintain the state of ecstasy for as long as possible. Take some time before you return to your normal routine. Let the energy germinate and grow into your desired manifestation.
This process of sexual transmutation has been used for thousands of years to create events that seem miraculous to the outside observer. Due to our modern sexual practices and beliefs it may take some time to get proficient at this method of sexual transmutation. However, you will likely find it a pleasant enough exercise to do every day or multiple times each day. Through consistent practice you will get better and better at the process. You will then be amazed at the results.

Where Modern Western Science
meets Ancient Eastern Wisdom
One hour’s meditation on the work of the Creator
is better than seventy years of prayer.
- Muhammand
Self Mastery Learning Centre teaches a very simple form of a non-religious scientific based Meditation.
It is based on one of the world’s earliest known forms of Meditation by using the breath count as it basis of converting Raw / Cosmic Energy in the Universe into Electro Magnetic Energy.
The CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION is taught over 2 weekends (4 days) from 10am to 5pm each day at the Self Mastery Learning Centre.
The CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION combines he ancient wisdom of the east with the latest western technology.
At the museum a troubled woman destroys a sand painting
meticulously created over days by Tibetan monks.
The monks are not disturbed. The work is a meditation.
They simply begin again. – Susan Griffin
i. All meditation exercises taught at the CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION have been scientifically validated.
ii. The CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION exercises do not require the observation of any form of (religious, spiritual, ceremonial or cultish) rituals or worship.
iii. CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION is designed for the 21st Century (Mind) Warrior who has no time to sit for hours of tedious Meditation. All exercises are designed with the healing of major issues of the 21st Century success driven individual.
iv. Most CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION exercises only take 5-7minutes to do. There are so easy that most people master them at the first attempt. They have been designed with simplicity in mind.
v. Most people begin to experience the resolving of their personal issues even during the 4 days CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION sessions. The rest will have completely resolved them within 90days of practice of these time-tested exercises.
vi. The CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION facilitator only serves as a guide and not a Guru in any form or manner. You just learn the exercises and move on, as there is no Guru to pay homage to. You become your own Guru.
vii. You are free to teach these exercises to anyone after you have mastered them.
viii. The CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION exercises can be used for any purpose that you choose. You can use them to enhance your relationships, de-stress and relax, improve your health, better concentration and focus at work and studies, creativity and problem solving, coping with life’s daily challenges, increase energy, heal others and the world, for your spiritual growth or achieve any Goal you set.
With regards to my topic of TRANSMUTING SEXUAL ENERGY, below are several exercises as taught during the CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION for Transmuting Sexual Energy.
Feel free to try them on your own or join us in our next CREATIVE BREATH MEDITATION session.

The Breath unites the Inner and Outer Realm
as the invisible energy of Spirit and Mind.
Purpose
The Breath Count for converting raw Cosmic Energy into Sexual Energy. The accumulation of sexual energy serves as the base energy to be later converted into any desired out come of your choice.
Benefits
i. Transmutes sexual energy into any desired form
ii. Generates massive amounts of Raw Sexual Energy as Base Energy
Process:
Generating Sexual Energy Exercise I
i. Hands in ring lock
ii. Focus on your breathing
iii. Exhale all the air out through your mouth.
8-8-8 Breath Count
iv. Take a long slow breath in, (8 count). Let the air flow in through your nose effortlessly
v. Slowly let the air out through your mouth
(8 count). Do this effortlessly and naturally.
vi. Hold your breath (8 count)
vii. Repeat step (iv) to (iv) for 7 minutes
This simple ancient breath count exercise is a very powerful way to generate sexual energy, which is the base energy for all Spiritual, Mental, Emotional and Physical manifestations at the physical plane.
Once you have a substantial amount of stored Sexual Energy, you can now begin to convert / transmute it into any form you desire.
Process:
Transmuting Sexual Energy Exercise II
i. Exhale all the air out through your mouth
ii. Close your eyes
iii. Place your tongue against the roof of your mouth
8-8-8 Breath Count
viii. Take a long slow breath in, (8 count). Let the air flow in through your nose effortlessly
ix. Slowly let the air out through your mouth.
(8 count). Do this effortlessly and naturally
x. Hold your breath (8 count)
xi. Repeat step (iv) to (iv) for 7 minutes
Note
1. Remember to keep your tongue pressed against the roof of your mouth throughout this entire exercise.
2. All exercises are done using 8-8-8 breath count
3. Do this exercise for 44 days
—————————————————————-
(Post 44 days)
Process:
Transmuting Sexual Energy Exercise III
i. Exhale all the air out through your mouth.
ii. Close your eyes.
iii. Place your tongue against the roof of your mouth.
8-8-8 Breath Count
Rap 1
i. Breathe in through your nose (8 count)
ii. Breathe out through your mouth (8 count)
iii. Hold your breath (8 count).
iv. Repeat step (i) to (iv) for 7 minutes
Normal Breathing (1 min)
Rap 2
i. Breathe in through your mouth (8 count)
ii. Breathe out through your nose (8 count)
iii. Hold your breath (8 count)
iv. Repeat step (i) to (iv) for 7 minutes
Normal Breathing (1 min)
Rap 3
i. Breathe in through your mouth (8 count)
ii. Breathe out through your mouth (8 count)
iii. Hold your breath (8 count)
iv. Repeat step (i) to (iv) for 7 minutes
Normal Breathing (1 min)
Rap 4
i. Breathe in through your nose (8 count)
ii. Breathe out through your nose (8 count)
iii. Hold your breath (8 count)
iv. Repeat step (i) to (iv) for 7 minutes
Note
1. Remember to keep your tongue pressed against the roof of your mouth throughout this entire exercise.
2. All exercises are done using 8-8-8 breath count
3. Do this exercise for 90 days
-—————————————————————
(Post 90 days)
Process:
Transmuting Sexual Energy Exercise IV
i. Exhale all the air out through your nose
(both nostrils)
ii. Close your eyes
iii. Place your tongue against the roof of your mouth
8-8-8 Breath Count
Rap 1
i. Place second & third finger on right nostril and breathe in through left nostril. (8 count)
ii. Breathe out through left nostril (8 count)
iii. Press both nostrils and hold breath (8 count)
iv. Repeat step (i) to (iv) for 7 minutes
Normal Breathing (1 min)
Rap 2
i. Place thumb on left nostril & breathe in through right nostril (8 count)
ii. Breathe out through right nostril (8 count)
iii. Press both nostrils and hold breath (8 count)
iv. Repeat step (i) to (iv) for 7 minutes
Normal Breathing (1 min)
Rap 3
i. Place second & third finger on right nostril and breathe in through left nostril (8 count)
ii. Place thumb on left nostril & breathe out through right nostril (8 count)
iii. Press both nostrils and hold breath (8 count)
iv. Repeat step (i) to (iv) for 7 minutes
Normal Breathing (1 min)
Rap 4
i. Place thumb on left nostril & breathe in through right nostril (8 count)
ii. Place second & third finger on right nostril and breathe out through left nostril (8 count)
iii. Press both nostrils and hold breath (8 count)
iv. Repeat step (i) to (iv) for 7 minutes
Note
1. Remember to keep your tongue pressed against the roof of your mouth throughout this entire exercise.
2. All exercises are done using 8-8-8 breath count
3. All exercises are done by using left hand only
4. Do this exercise for 90 days

“You cannot teach a man anything;
you can only help him to find it within himself” -
Galileo
Live With P.U.R.P.O.S.E.
…Live Life One Breath at a time…

James Allen was a theologian, anthropologist, theodicist, philosophical writer and poet. He wrote about complex subjects such as faith, destiny, love, patience, and religion but had the ability of explaining these subjects in a way that is easy to understand. His writings are often considered part of the New Thought Movement and can be classified as self-help, inspirational, religious, spiritual, and motivational. He speaks often of cause and effect, sowing and reaping, as well as overcoming sadness, sorrow, and grief.
He was born on November 28th, 1864 in Leicester, England. At the age of 15, Allen’s father moved to America where, shortly after moving, his fathered died. Some reports say that his father was killed, other reports claim that his father fell ill. After his father’s death, Allen went to work to help support his family.
He was greatly influenced by ‘The Light of Asia’ by Sir Edwin Arnold and began putting his own thoughts on paper after reading it. He later moved to Broad Park Avenue, Ilfracombe, England.
Allen married his wife, Lily Louisa Oram on May 22nd, 1895. He was 29, she was 25. Lily was born on December 30th, 1867. She was also a writer and later took over publishing Allen’s works. They had one daughter, Nora Lily, born on September 10th in 1896. They were both devoted vegetarians.
In 1902, Allen founded a magazine called The Light of Reason. This was later changed to The Epoch. The magazine included articles from Allen himself and other inspiration writings from similar authors of the time. Allen also had groups in various towns that would meet and discuss topics that he often wrote about.
Writings from members of the ‘Light or Reason Readers’ groups often appeared in the magazine. The magazine was also used to communicate the goings on between the widespread groups. At the end of each edition of the magazine was a short piece about the meetings of each group.
Some of Allen’s favorite writings, and those he quoted often, include the works of Shakespeare, Milton, Emerson, the Bible, Buddha, Whitman, Trine, and Lao-Tzu.
James Allen died on January 24th, 1912 survived by his wife and daughter.
AS A MAN THINKETH by James Allen was published in 1905, that’s over 100 years ago. It is one of the best books on the power of the (unconscious) mind in existence.
I personally believe when the great Master Napoleon Hill wrote Think and Grow Rich in 1937, he was heavily influenced by this book.
For all fans of the DVD The Secret, this book is the ultimate handbook in decoding the working principles behind the Law of Attraction.
My Master Bob Proctor (yes, of the Secret fame) used to tell us As A Man Thinketh is non negotiable for all those who wish to learn, understand and work the secrets of success. As a matter of fact, I got my first copy in 1992 from Bob.
Most people tell me that they have read the book but nothing changed for them. My dear Pathfinder, intellectual understanding of this book changes nothing, it is the emotional understanding and daily application of the principles in this book that changes lives.
So I suggest you read a chapter a day for the next 30 days. Come back to this site and tell me if your life has not changed dramatically, I challenge you.
In these trying times of Economic Tsunami, this book may just be your greatest ally, the very thing that you need to become Economic Tsunami Proof!
Please read the book in its entirety. (email me if you need a copy of the book). However, I have made an attempt to summarize the key points from As A Man Thinketh for your reading pleasure. Enjoy….
As A Man Thinketh
By James Allen
1. Introduction
Not intended as an exhaustive treatise, but to motivate the reader to believe that, “They themselves are makers of themselves.” by the thoughts they choose and encourage.
A person’s thoughts form an inner garment of character and an outer garment of circumstance.
2. Thought & Character
“As a man thinketh in his heart, so is he”. The sum of a man’s thoughts are his character. His character influences the conditions and circumstances of his life. Every action springs forth first from thought – even actions considered to be spontaneous and unpremeditated.
Act is the blossom of thought, and joy and suffering are its fruit.
The law of cause and effect exists in the world of thought, not just the natural world. A God-like character is the result of God-like thoughts. A bestial character is the result of groveling thoughts. Man is made or unmade by his own thoughts, which can destroy him or build him up. Man becomes master of his “household” of thoughts, by application, self-analysis and experience.
Gold and diamonds are found only by much searching and mining. Similarly, a man must dig deep in the mine of his soul to find every truth connected with his being.
A man must watch, control and alter his thoughts – tracing their effect on himself, others, and his life and circumstances. In doing so he will prove to himself that he is maker of his own character, life and destiny.
3. Effect of Thought on Circumstances
A man’s mind may be likened to a garden – cultivated or uncultivated. The cultivated produces flowers & fruit, while the uncultivated produces weeds. A man must continually weed-out all wrong, useless, and impure thoughts and deliberately cultivate right, useful, and pure thoughts.
Thought and character are one, and character has a profound influence on the circumstances of one’s life. If a man learns the spiritual lesson of his current circumstances they will give way to other circumstances.
As long as a man believes he is a creature of external conditions he will be buffeted by those conditions. When he practices self-control and self-purification of thought, and remedies his defects of character, he finds that his circumstances will change.
The soul attracts that which it secretly harbors — its loves and fears. The soul reaches the height of its cherished aspirations and the depth of its unchastened desires. Every thought-seed allowed to take root in a man’s mind will eventually produce the fruit of character and opportunity and circumstance.
Good thoughts bear good fruit, bad thoughts bad fruit.

4. Effects of Thoughts on Health & Body
The body is the servant of the mind. With unlawful thoughts the body sinks into disease and decay. with glad and beautiful thoughts it becomes clothed with youthfulness & beauty. Thoughts of fear can kill the body. Anxiety quickly demoralizes the whole body, opening it to disease, while impure thoughts will shatter the nervous system. Strong pure and happy thoughts build up the body in vigor and grace.

The habits of thoughts will produce their effects — good or bad — upon the body. Thought is the fount of action, life, and manifestation. Make the fountain’ pure and all will be pure.
If you would perfect your body, guard your mind. If you would renew your body, beautify your mind. Thoughts of malice, envy, and disappointment, rob the body of its health and grace. A bright, happy, and serene countenance follows from thoughts of joy, goodwill and serenity. To continually live in thoughts of ill-will, cynicism, suspicion and envy, is to be confined in a self-made prison.
To think well of all, to be cheerful with all, to find the good in all — such unselfish thoughts are the very portals of heaven.
Until thought is linked with purpose there is no intelligent accomplishment. Aimlessness is a vice. They who have no central purpose in their life fall prey to worries, fears, troubles and self-pity, which lead to failure and loss.
A man should conceived of a legitimate purpose in his heart and set out to accomplish it. He should make this purpose the centralizing point of his thoughts.
He should make this purpose his supreme duty and should devote himself to its attainment, not allowing his thoughts to wander into fanciful imaginings. This is the royal road to self-control and true concentration of thought. He may repeatedly fail to accomplish this purpose, but will overcome weaknesses and grow in character — a measure of true success and the staring point for future power and triumph.

Those who are not prepared for the apprehension brought on by having a great purpose, should instead fix their thoughts on the faultless performance of their duty, no matter how insignificant it may appear. This discipline will focus their thoughts and develop their resolution. Strength can be developed by effort and practice, even in the weakest soul. The physically weak can be made strong by patient training and the man of weak thoughts can make them strong by exercising himself in right thinking.
To think with purpose puts one in the ranks of those who know that failure is one of the pathways to success. A man should mentally mark out a straight path to achieving his purpose and rigorously exclude doubts and fears. The will to do springs from the knowledge that we can do. Doubt and fear are the great enemies of knowledge and must be slain.
He who has conquered doubt and fear has conquered failure. Thought allied fearlessly to purpose becomes a creative force.
6. “The Thought-Factor in Achievement”
All that a man achieves and all that he fails to achieve is the direct result of his own thoughts. A man’s weakness and strength, purity and impurity, are his own and not another man’s. They can only be altered by himself. His sufferings and his happiness are evolved from within.
As he thinks, so is he; as he continues to think, so he remains.
A strong man cannot help a weaker unless the weaker is willing to be helped. Even then the weak man must become strong of himself — only he can alter himself. Oppressor and slaves are cooperators in ignorance and afflict themselves rather than each other. A perfect love condemns neither and a perfect compassion embraces both. He who has conquered weakness and has pushed away all selfish thoughts belongs neither to oppressor nor oppressed. He is free.
A man can only rise, conquer and achieve by lifting up his thoughts.
Before a man can achieve anything — even worldly — he must lift his thoughts above slavish animal indulgence. A man whose first thought is bestial indulgence could neither think clearly nor plan methodically. He could not find and develop resources and would fail in any undertaking. Not having begun to manfully control his thoughts, he is not in a position t control affairs and to adopt serious responsibilities. He is limited by the thoughts he chooses.
A man’s worldly success will be by the measure that he sacrifices his confused animal thoughts and fixes his mind on the development of his plans and the strengthening of his resolution and self-reliance. The higher he lifts his thoughts, the greater will be his success. The universe only appears to favor the greedy, dishonest and vicious.
Intellectual achievements are the result of thought consecrated to the search for knowledge or for the beautiful and true in nature. Intellectual achievement is sometimes connected to vanity and ambition, but are not the outcomes of these. Spiritual achievements are the consummation of holy aspirations. Achievement of any kind is the crown of effort, the diadem of thought.
By the aid of self-control, resolution, purity, righteousness, and well-directed thought a man ascends. By the aid of animality, indolence, impurity, corruption and confusion of thought man descends. A man who has risen to high success may descend into great wretchedness by allowing arrogant, selfish and corrupt thoughts to take possession of him. Victories attained by right thought are maintained by watchfulness. Many give way when success is assured, and rapidly fall back into failure.
All achievements — business, intellectual, spiritual — are the result of definitely directed thought. To achieve greatly one must sacrifice greatly.
The dreamers are the saviors of the world. All the visible world is sustained by the invisible. He who cherishes a beautiful vision, a lofty ideal in his heart, will one day realize it. To desire is to obtain, to aspire is to achieve. Shall a man’s basest desires receive the fullest measure of gratification, and his purest aspirations starve for lack of sustenance? Dream lofty dreams and as you dream, so shall you become.
Your vision is the promise of what you shall one day be. The greatest achievements were at first and for a time a dream. The Oak sleeps in an acorn. Dreams are the seedlings of realities.
Uncongenial circumstances can be overcome by perceiving and striving toward and ideal.
You cannot travel on the inside and remain still on the outside.

You will always gravitate toward that which you secretly love most. You will become as small as your controlling desire, or as great as your dominant aspiration. The thoughtless, ignorant and indolent speak of luck, fortune and chance. They do not see the trials, failures and struggles of men who achieve wealth, intellect or holiness. They have no knowledge of the sacrifices, efforts and exercised faith of the latter in overcoming the obstacles to their dreams. They do not know the darkness or the heartaches.
Gifts, powers, material, intellectual and spiritual possessions are the fruits of effort. They are thoughts completed, objectives accomplished, and visions realized. The vision that you glorify in your mind, the ideal that you enthrone in your heart, this you will build your life by; this you will become.
8. Serenity
Calmness of mind is one of the beautiful jewels of wisdom. It is the result of long and patient effort in self-control. A calm man, having learned how to govern himself, knows how to adapt himself to others. The more tranquil a man becomes, the greater is his success, his influence, his power for good. 
The strong, calm, man is always loved and revered. Only the wise man, only he whose thoughts are controlled and purified, makes the winds and storms of the soul obey him. To tempest-tossed souls: Self control is strength. Right thought is mastery.
Calmness is power. Say unto your heart, “Peace. Be still.”
- SUCCESS WARRIOR MASTER COACH DEV
This is the Ultimate book on success, wealth, prosperity and financial independence.
It was written by Napoleon Hill in 1937, after interviewing, living with and studying 503 of the richest people in America over a 20 year period. Some of them include Ford, Wrigley, Wanamaker, Eastman, Rockefeller, Thomas Edison, Woolworth, Darrow, Burbank, Morgan, Firestone, and three United States Presidents.
He was commissioned by Andrew Carnegie (who was then the richest man and the first billionaire in the world) to discover and put ‘the secret’ of success in a book so that all future generations would no longer have to search for it.
Hill distilled his findings into a 13-step formula into one of the most important books of our century – Think and Grow Rich. Think and Grow Rich is the largest selling book in print (other then the Bible and the Quran).
Every single person who is a success once read Think and Grow; and everyone who read Think and Grow Rich and did what it says became a success. Such is the credential of this book among books.
I became acquainted with this great book when I first met my Master the great Guru Bob Proctor (of The Secret fame) in 1992. Bob considers Think and Grow Rich to be his bible of sorts.
THE GREAT SECRET (Dr. Napoleon Hill)
In Think and Grow Rich, Napoleon Hill talks about the Great Secret. Right in the forward he makes a promise, ”Those who once acquire it (the secret) and use it, find themselves literally swept on to success with but little effort. And they never again submit to failure.
And he goes on to say that the secret is simply this:
i. Sit down
ii. Decide WHAT you want
iii. Write it on a card
iv. Carry the card in your pocket
v. Read it as often as possible everyday
Hill claims that the working principle behind the working of this secret is Persistence. He goes on to say, “Just get hold of an idea and stick with the idea”.
If you have never read a book in your life from cover to cover or you are not one of those book reading worms, then I advise you – let Think and Grow Rich be the only book that you read and re-read, till you have an ‘emotional understanding’ of the book. And I promise you that your life will never be the same again.
I am going to start you on Step 1: DESIRE. If you truly want to be a success, I suggest you get a copy of Think and Grow Rich ASAP, and thus may I welcome you onto a journey onto untold wealth, prosperity and riches beyond your wildest dreams.
For Hill did say, “When riches come, they will come so fast that it will make your head spin. And you will be wondering where they have been hiding all these while!”
Step One – Desire: The Starting Point of All Achievement
Desire truly is the starting point of all achievement. To achieve any goal in life, first you must want it so much so that you can practically taste it.
Choose a definite goal and place all your energy, all your willpower and all your effort to the achievement of that goal. Leave yourself no way of retreat. Think to yourself that you have to win, or perish in the attempt. Only by doing so will you attain a burning desire to win and that is essential for success at anything.
Wishing alone will not bring riches. You must desire riches with a state of mind that becomes an obsession. You must then plan definite ways and means to acquire riches, and back those plans with persistence.
The method by which the desire for riches can be transmuted into actual riches consists of six steps:
STEP 1
Fix in your mind the exact amount of money you desire. It is insufficient merely to say, “I want plenty of money”.
STEP 2
Determine exactly what you intend to give in return for the money you desire. “Something for nothing” is a misconception.
STEP 3
Establish a definite date when you intend to possess the money.
STEP 4
Create a definite plan for carrying out your desire, and begin at once, whether you are ready or not, to put this plan into action.
STEP 5
Write out a clear, concise statement of the amount of money you intend to acquire, name the time limit for its acquisition, state what you intend to give in return for the money, and describe clearly the plan through which you intend to accumulate it.
STEP 6
Read your written statement aloud, twice daily, once just before retiring at night and once after arising in the morning. You must believe that you are already in possession of that money.
That’s it for now, till we meet again in yet another book sharing.
PS/
Go get the book… embark upon your journey of Happiness, Health, Wealth and Success like millions have!
My name is Dev, and I am a Success Warrior.
Live With PURPOSE
PS/ Reach me at My Comments if you need a copy of Think & Grow Rich
Happy Morning Master Coach Dev,
Energy follows thought; we move toward,
but not beyond, what we can imagine.
~ Dan Millman
Perfect health is a natural and normal state of being. It is every being’s birthright to be in perfect health. Dis-ease, which seems to be a normal part of life, is a result of working against the Laws of Being. Towards understanding this, a look at these Laws could shed much light.
The Laws of Being make the following presuppositions:
First
That Man is nothing but Pure Energy. The Laws of Science state that Energy cannot be created or destroyed, it can only change form. The Ancient Laws of Universal Intelligence state that ENERGY FOLLOWS THOUGHT. So it would follow that health is nothing more but Energy at its most orderly state of vibration. And dis-ease is but Energy in its most confused state of vibration.
Second
That Man is a Spiritual being having a Physical experience and thus he is nothing but pure Energy. Along this 3 dimensional journey he forgets, and thinks that he is a Physical being having a Spiritual experience, and hence believing that he IS this body. In truth he only LIVES in this body, he is NOT the body.
Third
Man being consciously convinced that he is a 3 dimensional being has allowed himself to be limited by this very belief. In truth he is multi dimensional (10 to be exact). As such, to be a perfectly functioning 3 dimensional being he needs to be Spiritually Strong, Intellectually Sound, Emotionally Stable and Physically Fit.
The Law of Health dictates that Ignorance of these facts have caused man to look for answers to Health in all the wrong places. He searches for answers outside of him, when they have all along been in the only place that he forgot to look – within! This Ignorance has caused him to have Doubts and Worries in the Conscious Mind, which in turn causes Fear in the Unconscious Mind. This leads to Anxiety, Dis-ease, Decay and Death of the Physical body.
All man needs is a little Knowledge. This new Knowledge as to who he is, would lead to Understanding and Awareness of the Mind-Body connection at the Conscious level. This in turn would envelope him with abounding Faith, causing him to be Calm and Serene at the Unconscious level. In turn generating great Health, resulting in the Growth of a perfectly healthy body.
“ The higher your energy level, the more efficient your body.
The more efficient your body, the better you feel and the
more you will use your talent to produce outstanding results.”
- Anthony Robbins
Holistic Healing
Holistic Healing and all the ancient sciences tell us that the number one cause of ‘dis-ease’ in the body is due to the mutatation of the human cell brought about by the creation of a non conducive environment for its normal healthy growth.
Today we know that 76 percent of all dis-eases are psychosomatic in nature. Which means that they are in one way or another caused by our vibrations of thought. What we think about all day and night have more to do with our health than any one single factor apart from our diet.
In 1934 the great Chiropractor, the late Dr. George Thurman Fleet of San Antonio, Texas; the originator of Concept Therapy gave us probably one of the greatest insights into Holistic healing. Amongst his heritage, he left the world richer with his modal of the mind and how it works. Briefly stated, all Thoughts in the Conscious Mind result in Feelings in the Unconscious Mind, which in turn causes the Body to Act; producing Results. Hence, if one Thinks of negative Thoughts, would result in negative Feelings, causing the Body to Act negatively producing negative Results. So all one needs to do to get positive Results is to reverse the process, i.e. replace negative thoughts with positive Thoughts, which will result in positive Feelings, which in turn must cause the body to take positive Actions, producing positive Results.
Programming The Nucleus of the Human Cell
If the Unconscious Mind could be programmed with positive constructive thoughts the body being an instrument of the mind, would have no option but to act on these programs. It takes 7 seconds of a pure thought to program the nucleus of a human cell. This could radically alter the biochemical composition of the cell, i.e. programming a cancerous cell with a new and perfectly healthy cancer-free program. So that when this cell replicates, it would now have a new cancer free composition.
There are several ways to deprogram and reprogram the human cell for optimum health. The first way is with the use of Alpha Brain Wave Music.
1. ALPHA BRAIN WAVE MUSIC
Programming of the human cell has seen a quantum leap in technology since the discovery of Alpha Brain Waves.
BRAIN WAVES
Brainwaves are the electrical wave patterns generated in every human brain. They vary according to a level of consciousness, and various mental activity. They are characterized by four distinct types of brainwaves:
1. "Academic" Beta Brainwaves
2. "Creative" Alpha Brainwaves
3. "Hypnagogic" Theta Brainwaves
4. "Deep Sleep" Delta Brainwaves.
ALPHA BRAINWAVES (7 to 14 Hz)
Slower brainwaves that are conducive to creative problem solving, accelerated learning, mood elevation, stress reduction, etc., characterized by intuitive insights, creative "juice", inspiration, motivation, daydreams etc. Relaxed, yet alert.
WHY GO INTO ALPHA
1. At Alpha the body naturally releases stress, anger, doubts, worries, fear, panic, paranoia, depression etc
2. 7 seconds of a pure thought at Alpha programs visualized images into the nucleus of the human cell.
3. Alpha energies are the most rhythmic and also the most powerful frequencies that the brain emits.
4. Since the Earth vibrates at Alpha, upon entering Alpha the brain attunes to the earth’s intense field of energy
5. The human body naturally relaxes, detoxifies and releases toxins by spending 15 minutes at Alpha.
6. Alpha opens up the communication between the Left and the Right brain hemispheres. This ideal condition allows one to Think with the Right Brain and Act with the Left Brain, in total harmony.
7. 15 minutes a day at Alpha strengthens the immune system and creates a conducive environment for the growth of healthy cells.
8. Human cells rejuvenate at least twice the normal rate when exposed to Alpha Brain Waves.
9. At Alpha the body heals itself naturally. By simply spending 15 minutes a day in Alpha the body rejuvenates itself.
10. At Alpha one can only help and can’t hurt others. In Beta one can harm or help. (We prey on each other in Beta, but pray for each other in Alpha).
11. Since all programming happens at the Cybernetic level, only by going into Alpha can deprogramming and reprogramming take place.
12. Going into Alpha programs all Visualizations into the Unconscious Mind, that makes things happen.
13. Affirmations are internalized into the Unconscious Mind when in a state of Alpha.
14. All effective Goal programming happens only at Alpha where the full extent of VAK is maximized.
15. Alpha corresponds to the area of the brain that is associated with experiences from age 7 to 14. Since the mind cannot tell the difference between Reality and an Imagined thought – it thinks the information has been there for a long time.
16. At Alpha, time is timeless and space is spaceless – removing all physical limitations.
17. Alpha is the connection to the spiritual dimension that deals with Thought. And Energy follows Thought. The Mind becomes both a receiving and a transmitting station of Thoughts at Alpha.
18. Alpha is where the Human Intelligence resides.
19. Since 76% of all dis-eases are psychosomatic, they are all rooted in Alpha. Going into Alpha brings to consciousness the root cause of these aliments.
20. All great ideas that have impacted human civilization came about when men drifted into Alpha knowingly or unknowingly.
WHEN to play the ALPHA BRAIN WAVE MUSIC
1. Students while studying for exams or while doing homework.
2. Before important appointments to calm down and be focused. When feel fear, nervous, tension, doubt, paranoia before a presentation / speak in public or before seeing a client.
3. To internalize and program goals into the unconscious mind during affirmations and visualization.
4. To remove mental blocks that prevents goal achievement and sabotage success at an unconscious level.
5. Calming effect to induce deep restful sleep when brain wave activity is too high due to focus on daily problems.
6. When need to work long hours with insufficient rest / sleep or short Power Nap (20 mins) with music in background.
7. Heal any health problem naturally.
8. To control emotions when too emotional, uncontrollable destructive emotional states.
9. Need to generate new and different original ideas. Promotes cell growth.
10. For purposes of Relaxation and Meditation. When stuck in traffic jams. (ONLY program of its kind that CAN be played while driving)
HOW to go into ALPHA
1. Just sit or lay in any relaxed position and just play it in the background.
2. Take a few deep breaths. Take in a fast deep breath at a count of 2. Breathe in through your nose into your stomach. If unsure how, place your left hand on your navel. When you breathe in, your stomach should come out. Hold the breath at a count of 4. And breathe out slowly through your nose at a count of 8. Repeat 3 times.
3. Focus on the music for a few minutes. Say your affirmations (close eyed if you have them memorized or open eyed if you need to look at them). Visualize your Goal with your eyes closed. If you fall asleep, which is most likely as you are in a very relaxed state, its OK!
4. If doing work, studying, driving, going for an appointment, need to induce sleep or calm self, control extreme emotional states – just leave it playing in the background as you go about doing whatever it is that you need to do. Has a natural effect on the body.
5. STRONGLY recommended times to play it as background music:
a. When you awaken in the morning and as you get ready for work – will relax you, raise energy level, stimulate brain cells and create positive energy / mood.
b. As a sleep inducer and to program goals and remove mental blocks and causes natural healing / detoxification and strengthens immune system while you sleep – just put it on and focus on music and drift off into a deep sound relaxing sleep.
The second way to deprogram and reprogram the human cell for optimum health is by using Health Affirmations.
2. Affirmations for Health
Affirmations are positive statements about yourself addressed to yourself. Programming of Affirmations work best if Alpha Brain Wave music is played in the background while these Affirmations are recited.
Here are some examples of Affirmations for programming health:
1. My mind finds it easy to relax my body
2. I have abundant energy, vitality and well-being
3. I am in control of my health and wellness
4. My body is my only lifelong possession and I treat it in a loving way
5. I am filled with energy to do all the daily activities in my life
6. I make caring for my health a priority in my life.
7. I am totally healthy and staying that way all the days of my life
8. My body is vibrantly healthy and radiantly energetic and full of vitality
9. I feel vibrant energy flowing freely towards my mind and body everyday
10. I am in perfect health because I know that I control my own body
The third way to deprogram and reprogram the human cell for optimum health is by employing the ancient Art of Visualization.
3. Healing Visualisation
Visualization is the art of forming pictures on the mirror of your mind. Since the mind cannot tell the difference between reality and an ‘imagined’ thought, we are thus able to trick the mind into believing that this pictures that we are presenting it are real. Whatever the mind believes to be real, the body will respond accordingly. As we said earlier that the body is nothing but an instrument of the mind. This means that whatever the mind tells the body, the body manifests.
When you think only thoughts of perfect health, the internal processes of your body will be those of perfect health. Hence, the first step towards perfect health must be to form a picture of yourself as being a perfectly healthy person
Patients taught to relax and pretend that they were able to go inside their body, and then to picture their white blood cells attacking their dis-eased cells and eliminating them from the body, produced environments in the human body that were healthy and conducive for the growth of human cells. Healthy cells are the key to optimum health.
A typical Health Visualization could go thus:
1. Relax physically and mentally by playing Alpha Brain Wave Music in the background
2. Imagine you are inside your body where the dis-ease is located
3. Mentally picture the white blood cells in the blood vessels and capillaries
4. Program with mental pictures, talk to them in a friendly way with mental words. Encourage them to eject from the body, the dis-eased cells already dead and dying
5. See yourself in perfect health
The state of perfect health in its simplest form consists of making yourself one with health in Thoughts, Feelings and Actions and disconnecting yourself from sickness either by Thoughts, Feelings or Actions.
“The quality of your life is dependent upon the quality of the life of your cells. If the bloodstream is filled with waste products, the resulting environment does not promote a strong, vibrant, healthy cell life or biochemistry capable of creating a balanced emotional life for an individual.”
- Anthony Robbins
AN INTRO
Blue jeans were indeed invented by Levis Strauss in San Francisco during the gold rush in the 1860s. Amazingly, Strauss was only 17 at the time. But the young French immigrant was a talented tailor, who first earned his living selling canvas for tents and wagons.
Then he noticed the gold miners were wearing out their trousers quickly, and so began stitching them new ones out of canvas. They proved far more durable, albeit a bit too heavy. Still, it was enough to send miners flocking to him for the new trousers.
Seeking to perfect his creation, he contacted an old associate in Nimes, France to send him a fabric known as serges de Nimes, which was just as sturdy but far softer.
Americans pronounced ‘de Nimes’ as ‘denims,’ and the new fabric was named. Still not satisfied, Strauss dyed the fabric blue, a color that more effectively hid dirt stains, and blue jeans were born!
Interestingly, the word ‘jeans’ is also French – sort of. A twilled cotton cloth similar to denim had long been milled in Genoa, Italy, which was called ‘Genes’ by French weavers.
Once all the miners began wearing his jeans, they helped perfect them further still: for instance, after complaining that the weight of their tools often split the pockets, Strauss installed the famous copper rivets to strengthen them.
Little did he know that his work clothes would become so fashionable in the 20th century.
———————————————————————————————————————————————

Levi Strauss, the inventor of the quintessential American garment – the blue jean -was born in Buttenheim, Bavaria on February 26, 1829 to Hirsch Strauss and his second wife, Rebecca Haas Strauss. Levi – named “Loeb” at birth – had three older brothers and three older sisters, but his sister Fanny (born Vogele) was the only other child of his mother, Rebecca.
Hirsch succumbed to tuberculosis in 1845 and two years later Rebecca, Levi, Fanny, and the next oldest sister Maila emigrated to New York. There, they were met by Jonas and Louis, two of the older brothers, who had already made the journey and had started a wholesale dry goods business, called “J. Strauss Brother & Co.” Young Loeb soon began to learn the trade himself, and by 1850 he was known among his family and customers as “Levi” (in the census of that year, his name is spelled “Levy.”).
When news of the California Gold Rush made its way east, Levi emigrated to San Francisco to make his fortune, though he knew he wouldn’t make it panning gold. At the end of January 1853 he became an American citizen, and in February he headed for the West coast via the Isthmus of Panama. He arrived in bustling, noisy San Francisco in early March, establishing a wholesale dry goods business under his own name and also serving as the West Coast representative of the family’s New York firm. His new company imported dry goods – clothing, underwear, umbrellas, handkerchiefs, bolts of fabric – and sold them to the small stores that were springing up all over California and the West. It was these stores that helped outfit the miners of the Gold Rush and, eventually, the new families that began to populate the western regions.
The first address where Levi conducted business (that we know of) was at 90 Sacramento Street, and the name of his firm was simply, “Levi Strauss.” In the 1850s this location was very close to the waterfront, handy for receiving and selling the goods that arrived by ship from his brother Jonas in New York. In 1856 Levi moved the business to 62 Sacramento Street and then to 63 & 65 Sacramento as its trade and reputation expanded. By this time David Stern – who was married to Levi’s sister Fanny – was associated with the firm. In 1861 the business relocated to 317 & 317 Sacramento Street, and in 1863 the company was renamed “Levi Strauss & Co.” Then in 1866 Levi moved the headquarters again, to larger quarters at 14-16 Battery Street, where it remained for the next forty years.
In his mid-thirties, Levi was already a well-known figure around the city. He was active in the business and cultural life of San Francisco, and actively supported the Jewish community, including Temple Emanu-El, the city’s first synagogue. Despite his stature as an important businessman, he insisted that his employees call him Levi, and not Mr. Strauss.
In 1872, Levi received a letter from Jacob Davis, a Reno, Nevada tailor. Davis was one of Levi Strauss’ regular customers; he purchased bolts of cloth from the company to use for his own business. In his letter, he told the prosperous merchant about the interesting way he made pants for his customers: he placed metal rivets at the points of strain – pocket corners, and at the base of the button fly. He did this in order to make the pants stronger for the laboring men who were his customers. He wanted to patent this new idea but needed a business partner to get the idea off the ground. So he suggested that the two men take out the patent together (sharing the costs, as well). Levi was enthusiastic about the idea and the patent was granted to both men on May 20, 1873. The blue jean was born.
He knew that demand would be great for these riveted “waist overalls” (the old name for jeans), so Levi brought Jacob Davis to San Francisco to oversee the first West Coast manufacturing facility. It’s possible that the first manufacture of the jeans was undertaken by individual seamstresses who worked out of their homes.
By the 1880s Levi had leased factory space and then opened his own factory south of Market Street (though the dates and information are a bit vague here, thanks to the loss of the company’s historical records in the 1906 earthquake and fire). The famous 501® jean – known at the time simply as “XX” – was soon a best seller, as were the other riveted products Levi and Jacob added to their new manufactured lines.
Levi carried on other business pursuits during his career, as well. He became a charter member and treasurer of the San Francisco Board of Trade in 1877. He was a director of the Nevada Bank, the Liverpool, London and Globe Insurance Company and the San Francisco Gas and Electric Company. In 1875 Levi and two associates purchased the Mission and Pacific Woolen Mills from the estate of former silver millionaire William Ralston, and the mill’s fabric was used to make the Levi Strauss & Co. “blanket-lined” pants and coats.
He was also one of the city’s greatest philanthropists. Levi was a contributor to the Hebrew Orphan Asylum and Home, the Eureka Benevolent Society and the Hebrew Board of Relief. In 1895 he and a number of other prominent San Franciscans provided funds to build anew railroad from San Francisco to the San Joaquin Valley (a project which unfortunately failed). And in 1897 Levi provided the funds for twenty-eight scholarships at the University of California, Berkeley.
As the end of the 19th century approached, Levi was involved in the day-to-day workings of the business, though he had brought his nephews into the firm by this time. David Stern had died in 1874 and his four sons – Jacob, Sigmund, Louis and Abraham – were now working with their uncle Levi. In 1890 – the year that the XX waist overall was given the lot number “501®” – Levi and his nephews officially incorporated the company.
During the week of September 22, 1902 Levi began to complain of ill health but by Friday evening the 26th, he felt well enough to attend the family dinner at the home on Leavenworth Street which he shared with Jacob Stern’s family. He awakened briefly in the night, and told the nurse in attendance that he felt “as comfortable as I can under the circumstances.” Then, peacefully, he died.
His death was headline news in the Sunday, September 28 edition of the San Francisco Call. On Monday, the day of his funeral, local businesses were temporarily closed so that their proprietors could attend the services. The eulogy was read at Levi’s home by Rabbi Jacob Voorsanger of Temple Emanu-El; afterward, company employees escorted the casket to the Southern Pacific railway station, where it was transported to the Hills of Eternity Cemetery in Colma (now Home of Peace), south of San Francisco.
Levi’s estate amounted to nearly $6 million, the bulk of which was left to his four nephews and other family members. Other bequests were made to the Pacific Hebrew Orphan Asylum, the Home for Aged Israelites, the Roman Catholic and Protestant Orphan Asylums, Eureka Benevolent Society and the Emanu-El Sisterhood.
In summing up Levi’s life and the establishment of his business, the San Francisco Call stated:
“Fairness and integrity in his dealings with his Eastern factors and his customers and liberality toward his employees soon gave the house a standing second to none on the coast.”
An even more fitting testimonial was pronounced by the San Francisco Board of Trade in a special resolution:
“…the great causes to education and charity has likewise suffered a signal loss in the death of Mr. Strauss, whose splendid endowments to the University of California will be an enduring testimonial of his worth as a liberal, public-minded citizen and whose numberless unostentatious acts of charity in which neither race nor creed were recognized, exemplified his broad and generous love for and sympathy with humanity.”
On April 18, 1906 San Francisco was devastated by a massive earthquake and fire. Counted among the buildings which did not survive the catastrophe was the headquarters of Levi Strauss & Co. on Battery Street. The building survived the earthquake, but not the fire, which raged for three long days: all dry goods, furnishings and business records were destroyed. The factory suffered the same fate.
It was a great loss; but it did not signal the end to the company. As the ashes cooled, the Stern brothers made plans for a new facility and a new factory, as their uncle Levi would no doubt have done. They also continued to pay employee salaries and extended credit to other, less fortunate merchants until they could get back on their feet.
For although buildings and factories fell, the company built by Levi Strauss was bedrock solid, due to his foresight, his business sense and his unswerving devotion to quality.
By Vijay Nair
Vijay Nair is an organizational coach, consultant, fiction writer, critic and theatre director. A collection of his plays and a novel have been published.
Nothing has saddened me more in recent times as the brutal slaying of the two Sikhs by the Taliban and their subsequent vicious gesture of sending the mutilated bodies to a Gurudwara in Pakistan.
Sikhs have always been a part of my life from the time I was growing up in a cosmopolitan town. We had Sikh neighbors, Sikh classmates and Sikh friends. Bad jokes about Sardars were our staple diet and we usually cracked the ‘Barah Baj Gaye’ ones in their presence. It’s all kind of baffling in retrospect. For I have never met a dumb Sardar in my life.
I have known hard working Sardar, Sardar with business acumen, mild and affable Sardar, sturdy and macho Sardar who opted to be in the police or armed forces and Sardar who own dhabas that serve yummy food.
And yes, I know of a Sardar who is undoubtedly the most civil and upright Prime Minister this nation has known. You can have difficulty in comprehending some of Manmohan Singh’s policies, but I doubt if even the opposition parties can find fault with the gentleman’s personhood.
A Sardar is also an integral part of the literary background of this nation and sometimes we find it difficult to separate him from the history of Indian writing in English. I am talking about the irreprisible Khushwant Singh of course, who at 95 continues to be an icon and his book, Train to Pakistan, a must read for any aspiring novelist.
It’s difficult to understand when and why other religious affiliations started alienating the Sikhs, not just as it turns out in this country but in the sub continent as well. We all know about the festering couldron Punjab had turned out to be in the 80’s and the bitter aftermath that resulted in Operation Bluestar and the assassination of Indira Gandhi. But surely the policy of the ruling Congress party that created a Frankestein like General Bhindaranwale was responsible for the misguided aspirations. And then of course the plot played out in familiar ways.
The separatists received training across the border and yet the government of the day displayed little patience and understanding as compared to what fundamentalists and separatists of contemporary times seem to enjoy. The recurring argument to counter all this is the horror of the two bodyguards gunning down the Prime Minister to retaliate against the descration of the Golden Temple.
But the entire community paid for it with the son of the slain leader egging on the rioters with statements like “When an enormous tree is felled, there are bound to be tremors.” Some secular statesmanship that!
Despite the persecution, the Sikhs have continued to pour into the public and armed services and do their bit towards strengthening the country.
We only need a bit of history to understand and value this community. The first hymn of the Guru Granth Sahib, the revered holy text of the Sikhs, says, “There is one supreme eternal reality; the truth; imminent in all things; creator of all things; immanent in creation. Without fear and without hatred; not subject to time; beyond birth and death; self-revealing. Known by the Guru’s grace.”
The Gurudwaras welcome non-Sikhs and members of any religious affiliation or socio economic background to participate in all their ceremonies. Can there be a better testimony to the inclusive nature of this religion and its members?
The paradox is the ninth Guru of the Sikhs, Guru Teg Bahadur lay down his life to protect Hindus from religious persecution in this country and the Hindus turned against the Sikhs a few centuries later.
What is not as well known is that during the numerous Hindu-Muslim communal riots this country has witnessed, the Sikhs have very often risked their lives to give shelter and protect their Islamic friends and neighbors. And now the Islamic terrorists are targeting them. A community that evolved to settle differences between two feuding religions now finds itself at the receiving end of the ire from both of them.
The Sikh Gurus were mystics. They preached affection and tolerance. The community has internalized it. They are charitable, fun loving and gregarious. They also have one unique quality other Indians don’t have. They can laugh at themselves.

Since we Indians are masters of subversion, we have used this commendable quality of theirs against them by evolving a set of jokes in bad taste against them. Little do we know the joke is on the rest of us.
After all what is more heart warming in this country than meeting a young turbaned Sardar burdened by his school bag and smiling at you in your child’s bus stop?
———————————————————————————————————-
Vijay Nair wears the diverse and multiple hats of Organization Coach and Consultant, Fiction Writer/ Critic, Columnist and Theatre Director.
Vijay gravitated towards more creative pursuits and started writing and directing plays. In 2001, he set up his own theatre group “Still Waters.”
Vijay was the Script Consultant for “Stumble,” the film that won the National Award for the best English Language Film in 2003. Dronequill Publishers brought out his first collection of plays “The Gloomy Rabbit and other plays,” in the same year.
In 2004, Vijay was awarded the British Council- Charles Wallace Award and was the Writer in Residence at the University of Kent, Canterbury from January- March 2005.
In 2006, Vijay’s first novel “Master of Life Skills” was launched by Harper Collins India.
In 2007, Vijay was invited to the 40th International Writers Program offered by the University of Iowa, U.S.A.

Vijay has just finished writing a new novel and is currently working on a collection of short stories and a new play.
Vijay writes general interest articles, columns, reviews as well as essays on organizational learning in some of the leading newspapers and websites of India like “The Hindu,” “Deccan Herald,” “Bangalore Mirror,” and “NEN Online.”
Dear Master Coach Dev,
I seem to be at a point in my life where I am searching for the (true) meaning of life, for a higher purpose. I am not into Meditation or heavy reading or stuff like that. Is there an easier route for me to discover myself, minus the grueling 7 hours a day in deep meditation or a tormenting winter trip hiking up to Tibet and such?
I wait confidently upon your wisdom to dwell upon me.
Thank You Master.
Dr. Yoga
Singapore
Dear Doc,
Some months back, just like you, I too decided to do some soul searching (since the BRAIN has been ‘missing’ for some time now, so no point doing any searching ‘there’…hence the SOUL searching instead)!!!
Towards this end, I watched 2 movies back-to-back in one sitting (must be some kind of a record in itself).
The first movie I watched is: THE DARJEELING LIMITED...
Its about 3 American brothers who have not spoken to each other in a year, who set off on a train voyage across India with a plan to find themselves by way of a “spiritual quest”
The search however seems shallow. There are moments of enlightenment, but not radicle or impactful enough to cause any SATORI for me. But it served as a good warm up for the next movie…
The second movie which followed was: INTO THE WILD
It’s based on a true story about Christopher McCandless. After graduating from Emory University in 1992, Chris, a top student and athlete abandoned his possessions, gave his entire $24,000 savings account to charity and hitchhiked to Alaska to live in the wilderness. Along the way, Christopher encounters a series of characters that shape his life.
This story had a very poignant ending. Causes one to think what life is REALLY all about. I loved one quote in the movie, which incidentally was not highlighted in the movie as a major learning point. It was not even a major point in the movie, but for me it was such a WOW, even if it does not really serve as the main learning from this movie.
This second movie you got to watch together with your family or team members (if you have any).
I am even considering inviting my close friends and showing this movie as part of a ‘SUCCESS CELEBRATION Nite’, as I tend to consider it as a major story dealing with the issue of LIFE PURPOSE, even if this was NOT the intended point of the movie or the book upon which it was based!
There were many Quotes in the movie as it’s a very intellectual sort of a movie because Chris is quite a Quote guy.
Below are some very key quotes from the movie for your mental stimulation (in your preparation to watch this movie)…
Chris McCandless @ Alexander Supertramp Quotes
The following quotes by Chris McCandless are attributed to him by Jon Krakauer in INTO THE WILD book, through letters and postcards to friends, and excerpted from Chris McCandless’ journal entries.
“I read somewhere… how important it is in life not necessarily to be strong… but to feel strong.”
- Chris McCandless’ journal entry
Two years he walks the earth. No phone, no pool, no pets, no cigarettes. Ultimate freedom. An extremist. An aesthetic voyager whose home is the road. Escaped from Atlanta. Thou shalt not return, ’cause “the West is the best.” And now after two rambling years comes the final and greatest adventure. The climactic battle to kill the false being within and victoriously conclude the spiritual pilgrimage. Ten days and nights of freight trains and hitchhiking bring him to the Great White North. No longer to be poisoned by civilization he flees, and walks alone upon the land to become lost in the wild.
— Alexander Supertramp, May 1992
“So many people live within unhappy circumstances and yet will not take the initiative to change their situation because they are conditioned to a life of security, conformity, and conservatism, all of which may appear to give one peace of mind, but in reality nothing is more dangerous to the adventurous spirit within a man than a secure future. The very basic core of a man’s living spirit is his passion for adventure. The joy of life comes from our encounters with new experiences, and hence there is no greater joy than to have an endlessly changing horizon, for each day to have a new and different sun.”
— Chris McCandless
“Surely all Americans have the right to give their money only to those causes which they support. But what kind of society has this created? A society where the ignorant reign. A society where enlightened must hold their tongues. A nation whose politicians must profess half-hearted devotion to an ancient fable or face the disastrous consequences of speaking their true mind.”
- Chris McCandless writing on religious fanaticism in The Emory Wheel student newspaper, October 1987
“Some people feel like they don’t deserve love. They walk away quietly into empty spaces, trying to close the gaps of the past.”
— Chris McCandless
“The core of mans’ spirit comes from new experiences.”
— Chris McCandless
“If we admit that human life can be ruled by reason, then all possibility of life is destroyed.”
— Chris McCandless
“Rather than love, than money, than faith, than fame, than fairness… give me truth.”
— Chris expanded on the original quote by Henry David Thoreau
“Mr. Franz I think careers are a 20th century invention and I don’t want one.”
— Chris McCandless in INTO THE WILD MOVIE, speaking to Ronald Franz.
“Greetings from Fairbanks! This is the last you shall hear from me Wayne. Arrived here 2 days ago. It was very difficult to catch rides in the Yukon Territory. But I finally got here. Please return all mail I receive to the sender.
It might be a very long time before I return South. If this adventure proves fatal and you don’t ever hear from me again, I want you to know your a great man. I now walk into the wild. Might be a very long time before I return South…I now walk into the wild.”
— Chris McCandless, in postcard sent to Wayne Westerberg in Carthage, South Dakota, from Alaska
“…henceforth will learn to accept my errors, however great they be…”
— Chris McCandless’ journal from Alaska, written weeks before he died
“I have had a happy life and thank the Lord. Goodbye and may God bless all!”
— Chris McCandless’ journal from Alaska
Quotes associated with INTO THE WILD movie and
/ or read by Christopher McCandless
“There is pleasure in the pathless woods,
There is rapture on the lonely shore,
There is society where none intrudes,
By the deep sea and the music in its roar;
I love not man the less, but Nature more.”
– Lord Byron
“Rather than Love, than Money, than Fame, give me Truth.
— Henry David Thoreau
“It should not be denied… that being footloose has always exhilarated us. It is associated in our minds with escape from history and oppression and law and irksome obligations, with absolute freedom, and the road has always led West.”
– Wallace Stegner
“I want to go up to them and say Stop, don’t do it— she’s the wrong woman, he’s the wrong man, you are going to do things you cannot imagine you would ever do.”
- Sharon Olds, May 1937
(In the movie, Chris reads this to his sister, Carine, outside the restaurant)
“If we admit that human life can be ruled by reason, the possibility of life is destroyed.”
– Leo Tolstoy, War and Peace
“I have lived through much and now I think I have found what is needed for happiness. A quiet, secluded life in the country with the possibility of being useful to people…”
– Leo Tolstoy,
“…the sea’s only gifts are harsh blows and, occasionally, the chance to feel strong. Now, I don’t know much about the sea, but I do know that that’s the way it is here. And I also know how important it is in life not necessarily to be strong but to feel strong, to measure yourself at least once, to find yourself at least once in the most ancient of human conditions, facing blind, deaf stone alone, with nothing to help you but your own hands and your own head…”
— Bear Meat by Primo
Death’s a fierce meadowlark: but to die having made
Something more equal to the centuries than muscle and bone, is mostly to shed weakness
— From “Wise Men in Their Bad Hours” by poet Robinson Jeffers (As quoted by Louis L’Amour in his memoir, Education of a Wandering Man, a book Chris had with him in Alaska)
Doc, I wont spoil it for you, watch and we can discuss it over hot tea and steaming curry puffs by the river at Templer…with feet dangling into the cool passing water…as passes the life of man on earth…wondering wither its heading…
PS/
If you are STILL wondering…here is the Quote (that caught me from the movie) from Henry David Thoreau:
“Rather than Love, than Money, than Fame, give me Truth.”
Three American brothers who have not spoken to each other in a year set off on a train voyage across India with a plan to find themselves and bond with each other — to become brothers again like they used to be.
Their “spiritual quest”, however, veers rapidly off-course (due to events involving over-the-counter pain killers, Indian cough syrup, and pepper spray), and they eventually find themselves stranded alone in the middle of the desert with eleven suitcases, a printer, and a laminating machine. At this moment, a new, unplanned journey suddenly begins.
A year after the accidental death of their father, three drug-addicted brothers — each suffering from depression – meet for a train trip across India.
Francis, the eldest, has organized it. The brothers argue, sulk, resent each other, and fight. The youngest, Jack, estranged from his girlfriend, is attracted to one of the train’s attendants. Peter has left his pregnant wife at home, and he buys a venomous snake. After a few days, Francis discloses their surprising and disconcerting destination. Amid foreign surroundings, can the brothers sort out their differences? A funeral, a meditation, a hilltop ritual, and the Bengal Lancer figure in the reconciliation.
Patricia Whitman lives in the U.S. along with her husband, and three sons, Francis, Peter, and Jack. All of a sudden she decides to re-locate to the foothills of the Himalayas in India. She does not return back even when her husband passes away. After their dad’s funeral, the sons do not see each other for about a year.
Then Francis invites them to India so that they can go and see their mother, who is now known as Sister Patricia. Individually, the trio boards the Darjeeling Limited train in Jodhpur, aided by Francis’s assistant, Brendan, who has prepared detailed itineraries for their stay meticulously.
At their first stop, they leave the train to get blessings at a Shiv Mandir, buy a snake, and Francis ends up getting an expensive shoe stolen. The snake gets lose, and they are reprimanded by the train’s guard and confined to their room, but not before Jack has an intimate sexual encounter with Rita, their stewardess.
They leave at the next stop to get blessings at the Gurdwara. Then their journey is interrupted when their train is accidentally shunted to an unknown railroad track. They do resume their journey and get into a physical altercation with each other, resulting in the guard asking them to leave at the next station, Dhelana, and Brendan quits his job. The trio ends up rescuing two of three young boys, staying there overnight to attend the funeral of the one who did not survive. They resume their journey via road and make it to the Himalayas where they intend to surprise Patricia, who is living there, albeit in fear at the moment because of a large man-eating tiger on the lose nearby. But it is the brothers who will be in for a surprise when they wake up the next morning.

SUMMARY
After graduating from Emory University, top student and athlete Christopher McCandless abandons his possessions, gives his entire $24,000 savings account to charity and hitchhikes to Alaska to live in the wilderness. Along the way, Christopher encounters a series of characters that shape his life.
Based on a true story. After graduating from Emory University in 1992, top student and athlete Christopher McCandless abandoned his possessions, gave his entire $24,000 savings account to charity and hitchhiked to Alaska to live in the wilderness. Along the way, Christopher encounters a series of characters who shape his life.
A young man leaves his middle class existence in pursuit of freedom from relationships and obligation. Giving up his home, family, all possessions but the few he carried on his back and donating all his savings to charity Christopher McCandless (Hirsch) embarks on a journey throughout America. His eventual aim is to travel into Alaska, into the wild, to spend time with nature, with ‘real’ existence, away from the trappings of the modern world.
In the 20 months leading up to his Great Alaskan Adventure his travels lead him on a path of self-discovery, to examine and appreciate the world around him and to reflect on and heal from his troubled childhood and parents’ sordid and abusive relationship. When he reaches Alaska he finds he has been insufficiently prepared for the hardships to come. Despite making it through the winter his plan is ill-judged and prepares to return home in spring, only to find the stream he crossed in the snow has become an impassable raging torrent and that he is trapped. With no means of sustaining himself adequately he eventually starves to death in his so sought after isolation.
Throughout his epic journey the people he meets both influence and are influenced by the person he is and bring him to the eventual and tragic realization that “Happiness is only real when shared”.
—————————————————————————————–
INTRO
For the 2007 film adaptation of the book, see Into The Wild (film)
Into the Wild (1996) by Jon Krakauer is a bestselling non-fiction book about the adventures of Christopher McCandless. It is an expansion of Krakauer’s 9,000-word article, “Death of an Innocent”, which appeared in the January 1993 issue of Outside.
Krakauer intersperses McCandless’s story with a discussion of the wilderness experiences of people such as John Muir and John Menlove Edwards as well as some of his own adventures. Krakauer first went to Alaska in 1974 and has returned there twenty times since. He spent three years carrying out the background research work for this biography.
The book has been adapted into a movie of the same name directed by Sean Penn with Emile Hirsch starring as McCandless. The film’s U.S. release date was Sept 21, 2007.
BACKGROUND
Chris McCandless grew up in Annandale, Virginia and died at age 24 in a wilderness area of the state of Alaska. After graduating in 1990 from Emory University. McCandless ceased communicating with his family, gave away his savings of $25,000 to OXFAM and began traveling, later abandoning his car and burning all the money in his wallet.
In April 1992, Jim Gallien gave McCandless a ride to the Stampede Trail in Alaska. There McCandless headed down the snow-covered trail to begin an odyssey with only ten pounds of rice, a .22 calibre rifle, a camera, several boxes of rifle rounds, some camping gear, and a small selection of literature—including a field guide to the region’s edible plants, Tana’ina Plantlore. He took no map or compass. He died sometime in August, and his decomposed body was found in early September by moose hunters.
BIOGRAPHY

The book begins with the discovery of McCandless’s body
inside an abandoned bus and retraces his travels during the two years he was missing.
Christopher shed his real name early in his journey, adopting the moniker “Alexander Supertramp”. He spent time in Carthage, South Dakota with a man named Wayne Westerberg (until Wayne’s eventual arrest for satellite piracy by the FBI), and in Slab City, California with Jan Burres and her boyfriend Bob.
Krakauer interprets McCandless’ intensely ascetic personality as possibly influenced by the writings of Leo Tolstoy, Henry David Thoreau, and his favorite writer, Jack London. He explores the similarities between McCandless’ experiences and motivations and his own as a young man, recounting in detail his own attempt to climb Devils Thumb in Alaska. He also relates the stories of some other young men who vanished into the wilderness, such as Everett Ruess, an artist and wanderer who went missing in the Utan desert during 1934 at age 20. In addition, he describes at some length the grief and puzzlement of McCandless’s family and friends.
McCandless survived for approximately 112 days in the Alaskan wilderness, foraging for edible roots and berries, shooting an assortment of game—including a moose—and keeping a journal. Although he planned to hike to the coast, the boggy terrain of summer proved too difficult and he decided instead to camp in a derelict bus.
In July, he tried to leave, only to find the route blocked by high water. Toward the end of July, after apparently remaining healthy for more than three months, McCandless wrote a journal entry reporting extreme weakness and blaming it on “potatoe seeds”. As Krakauer explains, McCandless had been eating the roots of Hedysarum alpinum, a historically edible plant commonly known as wild potato (also “Eskimo potato”), which are sweet and nourishing in the spring but later become too tough to eat. When this happened, McCandless may have attempted to eat the seeds instead. Krakauer theorizes that the seeds contained a poisonous alkaloid, possibly swainsonine (the toxic chemical in locoweed) or something similar. In addition to neurological symptoms such as weakness and loss of coordination, the poison causes starvation by blocking nutrient metabolism in the body.
According to Krakauer, a well-nourished person might consume the seeds and survive because the body can use its stores of glucose and amino acids to rid itself of the poison. Since McCandless lived on a diet of rice, lean meat, and wild plants and had less than 10% body fat when he died, Krakauer theorized he was likely unable to fend off the toxins.
However, when the Eskimo potatoes from the area around the bus were later tested in a laboratory of the University of Alaska Fairbanks by Dr. Thomas Clausen, toxins were not found. Roots of wild potato were used extensively by Aboriginal people, eaten both raw and cooked and used as a licorice substitute. Inuit hunters eat wild potato roots while hunting.
In the most recent edition of his book, Krakauer has slightly modified his theory regarding the cause of McCandless’ death. He believes the seeds of the wild potato had been moldy, and it is the mold that contributed to the seeds’ toxicity. The exact cause of the young man’s death remains open to question. McCandless may simply have starved to death, a theory backed by the fact that McCandless’ body weighed an estimated 67 pounds at the time it was discovered.
A timeline of McCandless’ travels
1990 June: Leaves Atlanta, Georgia after graduation;
July 6: Lake Mead National Recreation Area;
July 10: Begins hiking around Lake Mead;
End of July: Picked up by “Crazy” Ernie and goes to northern California;
August: Orick, California, meets the Burreses;
September: Carthage, South Dakota, works for Wayne Westerberg
October: Needles, California then to Topock, Arizona where he begins a canoe trip down the Colorado River
1991 January 11: caught in a storm off the coast of Mexico;
January 18: cross the United States border illegally;
February 3: goes to Los Angeles “to get an I.D.”;
February 24: returns to Lake Mead to retrieve items he had buried;
February 27: Las Vegas; works at an Italian restaurant;
May: Leaves Las Vegas;
July-August: Oregon Coast;
September: Bullhead City, Arizona; works at McDonalds and opens a savings account, mentions in letters that he might finally settle down;
December: Niland, California, meets back up with the Burreses, helps them at flea markets at “Slab City“;
1992 January: Salton Sea; meets Ronald Franz;
February: Carthage, South Dakot, works for Wayne Westerberg;
February: San Diego to get supplies for trip to Alaska;
March 5: Seattle;
Early March: Coachella, California; calls Franz and asks to be picked up;
March 14: Franz drops him off in Grand Junction, Colorado;
April 18: Whitefish, Montana;
April 27: Fairbanks, Alaska;
April 28: begins walking the Stampede Trail
August 18: Dies at Age 24.
September 6: body discovered on the Stampede Trail.
FILM INFO
INTO THE WILD (FILM)
A film based on the book, and having the same title, received a limited release in September 2007 and a wide release in October of that year. Eddie Vedder (lead singer of Pearl Jam) was asked to create the soundtrack, on which he contributed several solo efforts, and the film was directed by Sean Penn.
The film gives the impression that McCandless’ death was accidental, suggesting that he mistook one plant for another. Additionally, certain plot points are slightly modified to fit the traditional narrative structure of film, as well as to fit time constraints. The film emphasizes, and in some cases exaggerates, certain aspects of personal relationships that McCandless experienced, including his parents’ domestic conflicts and his own interaction with a 16-year-old girl he met in his travels. Other interactions portrayed in the film, however, seem very accurate based on Krakauer’s research, including the characters of Jan Burres, played by Catherine Keener, and “Ronald Franz” (pseudonym), played by Hal Holbrook.
McCandless’s story is also the subject of a recent documentary by Ron Lamothe named The Call of the Wild. In his study of McCandless’ death, Lamothe concludes that McCandless starved to death and was not poisoned by eating the seeds of the wild pea.

Powerful Morning Master Dev,
My name is Gerald. I have been a Professional Networker for over 20 years.
Over the years I have seen so many people fail in this business, and it makes my heart bleed to see so many of them fail because something unfortunate, out of the ordinary happened to them at the eleventh hour that sabotaged their success.
I truly believe they would have succeeded had the ‘unfortunate’ incident not happen to them. How can I help my people avoid it happening in the future?
Thank you in advance for your wise counsel.
Truly,
Gerald
Losers Limp and Winners Leap!
– Dev
A new generation has emerged who suffer from ‘Loser’s Limp’.
They have temporary or chronic attacks of the Loser’s Limp because they neglect what is obvious and end up trying to find excuses for their failures.
Loser’s limp is some thing you do when in spite of your best efforts you know that you would not manage to win or finish.
For example, a soccer player who misses a chance at scoring a goal right in front of an open goal-mouth suddenly pulls his leg. He then feebly limps in ‘pain’, half expecting the people to say “Oh! God! He would have surely scored, but for the cramp”.
Maybe, the crowd genuinely believed his bluff, but what about the player himself? He knows that he pulled a farce. He could not have scored anyway. But doing what he did, he not only managed to save ‘face’ in front of his fans, but to a certain degree managed to cheat his own inner self. At least he thinks so.
The fact remains that he simply failed!
So many people do similarly in life. They keep pouring out the reasons for their poor results.
Losing is an operational mistake, meaning even if you lose you still have to play a full game. Hence, you might as well play to win.
The reasons for ‘not doing’ are part and parcel of the Loser’s Limp. The loser waits for the right time, right people, right environment and conveniently forgets that someone else is achieving great things with the same resources.
Those stricken with the Loser’s Limp are often in a ‘too much analysis leads to paralysis phase’ and so their results are a foregone conclusion. While his competitor is winning, he is busy cooking up reasons and excuses for his failure.
Once we stop manufacturing reasons and start working without bothering for failures, the percentage of our success dramatically improves. When we do not have losing on our mind we generally win.
So the best policy about doing anything successfully is to learn to Leap instead of worrying about the Loser’s Limp.
IMPLICATION
Reasons are a coward’s lame excuses.
THEORY
Giving reasons (excuses) for every failure is like a coward giving lame excuses when in reality he / she has NO GUTS. This is a very psychological problem- emotionally unstable. Thinking up of an excuse is much harder (if having failed) than attempting it, or even succeeding in it by following nature’s course.
EXPLANATION
To see, to feel and not to act – is the coward’s way of saying…ahh that’s life!
FACT
Well, let me tell you that it isn’t so. Life is much more than that I assure you.
Instead, just go in there, face it like ‘a man’ and fight it like ‘a man’.
WHY THE EXCUSES
Where there is fear, there is bound to be failure. Fear and guilt are the best friends of failure. Indecision spells failure. Negativism ends in failure.
SOLUTION
To fight ‘Loser’s Limp’ is to develop self-confidence. The way to develop self-confidence is to do the thing you fear to do and to get a record of success behind you.
Do the thing you fear, and the fear will disappear!
By thus conquering your fears, you will develop courage.
HINDERANCE
Compared to what we ought to be, we are only half awake. We are making use of only a small part of our physical and mental resources. The human individual thus lives far within his limits. He possesses powers of various sorts which he habitually fails to use.
SITUATION
Athletic Coach:
“Watch this. You see my boy there, coming in last? Limping! Chances are he just developed that limp to have an excuse for NOT doing better (well).”
PRACTICAL IMPLEMENTATION
Reason why some people do not attain their Goals, do not get one tenth of the way to their Goals, they are no more convincing than the boy – suddenly developing ‘the Limp’. Worse yet- ‘Loser’s Limp Attitude’ may stop you from even trying to lift your life above a subsistence level (when the gun goes off to start the race, you are licked before you start).
HOPE
One can learn a wonderful lesson from
HELEN KELLER – BLIND
BEETHOVEN – DEAF
RAY CHARLES – BLIND
JIMY PAGE – DEAF
JAMES ROYCE – Built a thriving business from his beds, COMPLETELY IMMOBILIZED by Polio.
These are but some really handicapped people who still
lived constructive lives.
What have you to say for yourself now? What’s your excuse?
HOPE?
But you, who have the use of ALL your senses and ALL your limbs, never take charge of your life dynamics and know that many others who have nothing you haven’t got, are building a grand career and a glorious future while you get pushed into some low-level corner.
If you have lost a few life’s races – see if you are not acquiring a LOSER’S LIMP before you start?
CONCLUSION
Check yourself for LOSER’S LIMP right now, time and again!!!
REMEMBER
Losers Limp …and Winners Leap!
To those unfamiliar with Bill Porter, he is a door-to-door salesman who daily peddles his goods to residents of the West Hills area of Portland, Oregon.
To many others, Bill Porter is Portland’s “Watkins Man”, and a familiar face in the neighborhood.
But more importantly he is The “Unstoppable” Bill Porter whose lifetime accomplishments give meaning to the words “NO OBSTACLES”! The life of Bill Porter is one of inspiration and motivation.
Betrayed by a crippled body that leaves him in continual pain, betrayed by a changing world that no longer needs him, Bill Porter trudges his door-to-door sales territory for Watkins Incorporated with complete determination and perseverance.
Born with Cerebral Palsy, for many years of his life Bill was told by many that he was unemployable. But with the continual support of a dedicated mother and an indomitable spirit which is his trademark, Bill Porter has supported himself for decades selling WATKINS Quality Products and leads an independent lifestyle.
His story, which has touched the lives and hearts of hundreds of people, has been featured in many medias including:
1. “Life of a Salesman” ~ Northwest Living Section, The Oregonian, Nov. 19, 1995
2. This Morning ~ CBS, May 1996
3. “Bill Porter’s Indomitable Spirit” ~ Positive Living Magazine, Nov./Dec. 1996
4. “CityScope” ~ with host Eric Schmidt, FOXTV 1996
5. “Life of A Salesman” reprint ~ Reader’s Digest 75th Anniv. Ed., July 1997
6. “A Moving Journey” ~ ABC 20/20 Friday with Bob Brown and Barbara Walters, December 12, 1997 ~ Recapped with update on December 24, 1999.
7. “Unstoppable” ~ book by Cynthia Kersey, one chapter devoted to Bill.
8. “Ten Things I Learned from Bill Porter” ~ book by Shelly Brady, New World Library–release date May 2002, on New York Times Top Ten best seller list for weeks.
9. “Door To Door” ~ TNT movie about Bill’s life starring William H. Macy as Bill–release date July 14, 2002, a Golden Globes winner. The film also won MANY other prestigious awards.
10. “Oprah” – 2 appearances, plus MANY other TV & radio shows.
11. COMING – Shelly Brady and her brother Chris Soentpiet, an award-winning children’s book illustrator, are collaborating on a children’s book about Bill Porter.
Awards & Special Recognitions
Bill Porter is truly a remarkable individual with a spirit that, despite physical disabilities, never lets him give up!
His story has touched thousands of people throughout the world and, in recognition of his personal achievements, he has been honored with several awards.
In September 1998, Bill Porter was honored as a recipient of an award from the National Council on Communicative Disorders and received his award at the Kennedy Center in Washington DC from Senator John Glenn!
Other special recognition and awards Bill Porter has received include:
• “America’s Award”, 1997 ~ Honoring Unsung Heroes who personify the American Character and Spirit.
• “Special Chairman’s Award”, 1997 as 1996 Top Salesman for Watkins Incorporated, presented by president and chairman Irwin Jacobs at Watkins Int’l Business Conference.
• 1979 Trophy for “Highest Personal Sales” in the leadership division of retail sales, Watkins Int’l Business Conference.
Motivational Speaking Opportunities
The story of Bill Porter’s Personal Achievements and Success have inspired many individuals, and spurred a great interest in this Wonderful man!
Since 1997, Bill and his long-time friend and associate, Shelly Brady, have been invited to speak to many groups, some of which include NIKE, HIS Cellular, Primerica Financial Services, Community Networks, Oreck, Million Dollar Round Table, Callaway Golf, Unishippers, Quixtar (Amway) groups, and the Watkins Int’l Business Conference.

Together they have shared Bill’s inspirational story, and felt the joy and excitement in seeing how this man touches the lives of all who hear their presentation! In mid-2001, Bill decided it was time to stay closer to home. He no longer travels from city to city, but Shelly Brady (author of “Ten Things I Learned from Bill Porter”) still appears “live”, while Bill sometimes “appears” via satellite or telephone.
10 THINGS I LEARNED FROM BILL PORTER
2. IT DOESN’T MATTER HOW YOU GOT HERE, ONLY WHERE YOU’RE GOING
3. MOTHER KNOWS BEST
4. PERSISTENCE PAYS OFF
5. DON’T TAKE NO FOR AN ANSWER
6. KNOW YOUR LIMITS AND GO BEYOND THEM
7. BE A TEAM PLAYER
8. IF IT AINT BROKEN, DON’T FIX IT
9. THERE ARE NO OBSTACLES
10. LIVE YOUR VALUES
Dear Gearld,
I suggest, instead of trying to help your people avoid the so-called ‘misfortunes’ happening to them in future, teach them to focus on developing themselves Personally and Professionally.
May I suggest you help them do the following:
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT THEIR IN PERSONAL LIFE
1. DAILY READ GOAL CARD
2. DAILY AFFRIM THIER ‘WHY’
3. DAILY VISUALIZATION
4. DAILY AFFIRMATIONS
5. DAILY SELF STUDY
6. WEEKLY TIME WITH MENTOR
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT IN THEIR PROFESSIONAL LIFE
1. DAILY PLANNING
– PROSPECTING LIST
– KNOW THEIR DAILY NUMBERS
2. DAILY PREPARATION
– SIMULATION
– WEEKLY ACTIVITY RESULTS SHEET
3. DAILY ACTIVITY
4. DAILY EVALUATION
5. WEEKLY EVALUATION
Keep in Mind:
As a Salesperson I get a lot of rejections and objections, making me feel like a failure. It sucks all the zap out of life. I at times feel down and defeated, even bordering depression.
I try to reach down within me…but there is nothing there to pull out. What should I be trying to reach within my soul that I could pull out in such trying times that can give me a second wind?
Luv
Liana, Manila
Dear Liana,
I suggest you just reach down and pull out your ‘LITTLE HAPPINESS’. Everyone has it, we just need to connect with our ‘LITTLE HAPPINESS’.
‘Within all of us lie untapped wellsprings of strength (resources) that can sustain us in time of trouble. These resources are to last a lifetime.’
The Fact
It’s always like that and for everyone too; we are always between tears and laughter, that is. Meeting crisis, big and small, in turmoil with hurt feelings, defeated ambitions, unrequited love, grief and loneliness are a part of life’s package for any individual striving for a better quality of life.
The Problem

The problem isn’t that troubles come, but that we don’t know how to meet them. The negative and most popular approach is to run around feverishly from party to party; pub to pub, swallow tranquilizers and barbiturates, lash out at people we care about or cutting people out of our life who truly care, substance abuse, resolutely containing grieves and coming down with psychosomatic illness.
Worse still, we begin to play the ‘Blame Game’. We find refuge in bitterness, accusing other people, life and even God for tripping us up.
That is why it is so important that we should discover what kind of inner resources, what imperishable treasures of mind and heart we have in the bank of Spirit.
95% of people, answering to the question: ‘What do you want to live for?’, are simply waiting for something to happen, i.e. a better job, a new house, a trip, a new relationship, a pay raise, an inheritance etc.
Winners put in time to make things happen, while these ‘poor-me’ people wait for an uncertain tomorrow.
They should realize that waiting for tomorrow wont help – for tomorrow’s sun may never rise.
If you happen to be one of them, the only way for you to take hold of your tomorrows, is to change your Thoughts; that is to do something about it and change your world. For nothing is impossible where there is a will.
The Little Happiness
Most people fail to meet the stresses and strains of life because they never learned to cherish ‘The Little Happiness’ (le petit bonheur) when it comes along. It is too bad; for most lives hold little that is dramatic and overwhelming.
The trick of living- is living in the present. Most of us spend 59 minutes of an hour living in the past, or in the future (that we either long for or dread). The only way to live is by accepting each minute as an unrepeatable miracle, because that’s exactly what it is.
The Little Joys
Examples of these joys: the slow staining of the sea by a pale sunrise when you awake one morning before everyone else and go sit alone on the alter of the beach, a row of baby ducks swimming valiantly behind a pair of mallards- stately as galleons, a branch of rubber wood burning in the fireplace, the wind making silken susurrations in the pines…
The web of life is woven from threads like these. No tread alone is wide enough to encompass a sorrow, but together, they make a shelter that tempers the chill and slows the rain and softens sadness to the point where it can be endured. When recognized and cherished as they come, these small joys build a reservoir of memory against sterile hours.
Though the ‘little happiness’ is transient, a sweet accident; we can cultivate a more enduring resource. It is in our minds that all events happen, all joys live, all sorrows find the philosophy that tempers them. So here is where lies a citadel that cannot be taken, a region of peace where storm cannot enter unless we welcome it.
Sorrows and loneliness cannot be rationalized away, but you can build yourself a kingdom of the mind where life can never fail to be worth living. One way is to grasp the thoughts of others who have enjoyed the beauty of this world before you and have set what they discovered on canvas or in the notes of music or in good books – this is a great consolation.
But the most important factor in the working of this ‘little happiness’ is that you must build up this resource of the mind in times of peace, so that it will be there when you need it.
i.e. …all day sitting on the shore, writing a little, but mostly thinking, finding yourself, (you will one day look back to such a day and say; “I couldn’t have got through so much sorrow if I had not had that day.”)…
…. To be cond…
THE ‘LITTLE HAPPINESS’
The Little Happiness is about creating ‘Future Memories’ in times of peace. These ‘memories’ can be accessed as ‘Emotional Investments’ in times of need.
You can draw from your past or present experiences to create these ‘Future Memories’. Or you could ‘borrow’ some memories from friends, colleagues, acquaintances, relatives, etc.
If you are like most people, (bankrupt of your own memories) you might just have to draw from your ‘hopes, wishes and dreams’ by stealing them from books you have read, movies you have seen or simply by scanning the horizons of your Imagination.
Hollywood is a great frontier to tap these ‘borrowed or stolen’ memories. Most people just go back to being 12 years old, and instantly an endless avalanche of these memories begin to flood their mind.
You can choose to create any memory, imagined or real. Rest assured, your mind cannot tell the difference between those that have their origin in fantasy from those that have their feet firmly planted from a real emotional experience in your past.
Just, allow your mind to go where anything and everything is possible…because it is…if you allow it…!
Ask yourself; “If all things were possible, who would I want to be, what would I want to do and what experiences would I want to have?”
Just ask….and it is yours to experience…
And if you are ready…let yourself go…now….
Research has shown that the most powerful ‘Little Happiness’ comes from romantic memories or fantasies that are embedded in the emotion of love. Whether real or imagined, they have exactly the same impact on the mind. For the mind any imagined thought laced with emotion is real.
Remember, our Memories are our only true possessions. Everything else can be take away from us, except for our Memories!
There are 4 Little Happiness Resource Tools to help us in times of need.
The 4 Resources are

THE RESOURCE OF CHARACTER
The single most important, most valuable component of character is the habit of doing what has to be done.
To sustain grief and calamity best is to accept life as difficult- that in its self is brave, but you must also be prepared to walk up to the perils, the grief, the disaster, and do what is needed.
People with such a resource are strong. But you must realize it never springs to life the moment it is needed but it grows through the years, and it is a discipline that ought to start when you are young, in the acceptance of small painful things.
THE RESOURCE OF LOVE
You are, in a deep sense, what your relationships to other human beings make you.
Only the discipline of human sympathy keeps life from growing poor and brittle. If you keep your sympathy and understanding alive, then you will feel so warm a bond with other people that in time of trouble it will hearten you just to look into the faces of your fellow men and feel the comforting sense of your common human destiny.
THE RESOURCE OF WORK
Work is not only a great resource but also a great therapy, and anodyne against pain. Work takes all your energy therefore leaving little for you to cry over things. The more difficult and challenging the thing you are working at, the better. You can’t work hard without using up some of the energy that might go into self-pity. The more creative your attitude towards work, the greater the enrichment you can draw from it. People who are always busy building cathedrals are mightily fortified against life’s ills.
THE RESOURCE OF FAITH
The resource of faith, of believe in life’s essential goodness is probably the greatest resource. To be sure, life is not always fair. But it is good and joyous nonetheless, the most courageous thing one can do is to snatch joy out of the very path of pain.
CONCLUSION
There is only one tragedy in life and that is its brevity. In the face of that tragedy one must be joyous.
One cannot deny that tragedy is real or dodge experiences however hard they are to bear. But there is always the ‘triumph of goodness’. The goodness we have in our lives has its goodness elsewhere. There is a power greater than ourselves who wishes us well. Therefore we live in a Universe where good is stronger than evil.
Such an attitude is our shield against bitterness. No matter what the state of the world. We must live in it with such courage as we can. How well we are prepared depends in considerable part on how well we have built up those timeless resources that are proof against change.
PRACTICAL APPLICATION
By putting traits of mind and character ahead of things, we can rethink our values and put loving and growing at the head of them.
We can lose ourselves in some good for others. We can learn to pray, stretching communion to the very edge of our human frailties. We can learn too, the discipline of meeting little problems well with courage in preparation for the day when the big ones will come.
The thing to remember is that, in joy and sorrow alike, life itself is precious. We need it most because it gives us a chance to be what we can be, experience what we can experience and love what we can love.

QUIRKY BUT RICH: Fifty-three-year-old Foong Bang Loy never wears a shirt to work and wanders around barefooted. However, looks can be deceiving. Foong is actually a millionaire with a diverse spread of businesses, ranging from vegetable farming to sand mining.
HULU SELANGOR: He can easily adorn himself with Gucci belts and Bally shoes, but this millionaire from Serendah walks around town shirtless and barefoot, with his shorts held up by raffia string.
Meet farmer and entrepreneur Foong Bang Loy, 53, whose eccentricity makes him look more like an over-aged ragamuffin than the towkay that he is.
As if his choice of attire is not bizarre enough, he sometimes dons a long, curly wig or hats made from newspapers – whenever it strikes his fancy.
“People think I am crazy. Let them talk. I am living life my way. I am happy, I hurt no one and more importantly, my wife and children accept me the way I am,” said Foong, the father of four grown children.
Wife Seck Sow Yan, looking adoringly at Foong, described him as the same kind, hardworking and loving person she had known since she was 10.
“He has disliked wearing shirts and shoes for as long as I can remember. When he was young, the only shirts he wore were for school.
“While he may not dress to convention, he is really likeable. He showers me with affection and we love to sing karaoke together,” said Seck, who is in her 50s.
Folks in Serendah have become accustomed to this barefooted millionaire –who has no qualms riding his horse to town shirtless or walking into the bank to see the manager in his usual shirtless and shoeless self.
While this may raise eyebrows, it is his wealth that is the talking point.
Foong is one of two licensed sand miners in town, and he owns the largest vegetable farm in Serendah. He also owns a mini-market, three shoplots, a Mercedes and a BMW.
The locals remember him and his wife coming from Ampang to farm in Serendah more than a decade ago. They were poor then and many believed he had struck lottery.
“Nonsense!” said Foong. “Whatever we have, my wife and I earned it the old-fashioned way – through hard work.”
“We did everything ourselves to save money. We planted vegetables, transported them to the market and sold them there.
“We were tired to the bone but kept working to make more money. We invested with the money we had, such as in the sand mine,” said Foong.
The couple still work hard. Seck sends the vegetable to the Selayang wholesale market at 1am and returns home around noon to sleep.
Foong keeps his morning busy tending to the vegetable farms and the sand mine. He learned to operate the excavators and repair the machines to save on labour costs.
“My children work for us. We pay them wages. Some say we are tight with the children. I believe they should earn their keep.
“What I have will eventually become theirs. However, they must know that our wealth did not fall from the sky, lest they squander the money,” said Foong.
Wise words from one who wore a plaited wig that day.
1. Saturday mail delivery in Canada was eliminated by Canada Post on February 1, 1969!
2. In Tokyo, a bicycle is faster than a car for most trips of less than 50 minutes!
3. Should there be a crash, Prince Charles and Prince William never travel on the same airplane as a precaution!
4. Your body is creating and killing 15 million red blood cells per second!
5. The king of hearts is the only king without a moustache on a standard playing card!
6. There are no clocks in Las Vegas gambling casinos!
7. There is one slot machine in Las Vegas for every eight inhabitants!
8. The Mona Lisa has no eyebrows. It was the fashion in Renaissance Florence to shave them off!
9. Every day 20 banks are robbed. The average take is $2,500!
10. The most popular first name in the world is Muhammad!
11. Tablecloths were originally meant to be served as towels with which dinner guests could wipe their hands and faces after eating!
12. Tourists visiting Iceland should know that tipping at a restaurant is considered an insult!
13. One car out of every 230 made was stolen last year!
14. The names of Popeye’s four nephews are Pipeye, Peepeye, Pupeye, and Poopeye!
15. Until the nineteenth century, solid blocks of tea were used as money in Siberia!
16. The Nobel Peace Prize medal depicts three naked men with their hands on each other’s shoulders!
17. When glass breaks, the cracks move faster than 3,000 miles per hour. To photograph the event, a camera must shoot at a millionth of a second!
18. A Boeing 747 airliner holds 57,285 gallons of fuel!
19. A car uses 1.6 ounces of gas idling for one minute. Half an ounce is used to start the average automobile!
20. The Philadelphia mint produces 26 million pennies per day!
21. A lightning bolt generates temperatures five times hotter than those found at the sun’s surface!
22. A violin contains about 70 separate pieces of wood!
23. It is estimated that 4 million “junk” telephone calls, phone solicitations by persons or programmed machine are made every day in the United States!
24. It takes glass one million years to decompose, which means it never wears out and can be recycled an infinite amount of times!
25. Forest fires move faster uphill than downhill!
26. Almost half the newspapers in the world are published in the United States and Canada
27. The two-foot long bird called a Kea that lives in New Zealand likes to eat the strips of rubber around car windows!
28. Most lipstick contains fish scales!
29. Skepticisms is the longest word that alternates hands when typing!
30. One ragweed plant can release as many as one billion grains of pollen!
31. It’s illegal to drink beer out of a bucket while you’re sitting on a curb in St. Louis!
32. The first product to have a bar code was Wrigleys gum!
33. No piece of square dry paper can be folded more than 7 times in half!
34. A group of geese on the ground is a gaggle, a group of geese in the air is a skein!
35. Over 2500 left handed people a year are killed from using products made for right handed people!
36. There are more than 10 million bricks in the Empire State Building!
37. If you counted 24 hours a day, it would take 31,688 years to reach one trillion!
38. Taphephobia is the fear of being buried alive!
39. A crocodile always grows new teeth to replace the old teeth!
40. The sun is 330,330 times larger than the earth!
41. Clinophobia is the fear of beds!
42. A ‘jiffy’ is an actual unit of time for 1/100th of a second!
43. Porcupines float in water!
44. The sentence “The quick brown fox jumps over a lazy dog.” uses every letter of the alphabet!
45. The only 15 letter word that can be spelled without repeating a letter is “uncopyrightable”!
46. The sloth (a mammal) moves so slowly that green algae can grow undisturbed on its fur!
47. Cat urine glows under a black-light!
48. The world’s termites outweigh the world’s humans 10 to 1!
49. The electric chair was invented by a dentist!
50. Camels have three eyelids to protect themselves from blowing sand!
51. Human teeth are almost as hard as rocks!
52. Ancient Egyptians slept on pillows made of stone!
53. A hippo can open its mouth wide enough to fit a 4 foot tall child inside!
54. Hummingbirds can weigh less than a penny!!
55. Until 1796, there was a state in the United States called Franklin. Today it’s known as Tennessee!
56. The Earth weighs around 6,600,000,000,000,000,000,000 tons (5,940 billion billion metric tons)!
57. A cockroach can live several weeks with its head cut off – it dies from starvation!
58. Every time you lick a stamp, you’re consuming 1/10 of a calorie!
59. The average person has over 1,460 dreams a year!
60. It’s against the law to pawn your dentures in Las Vegas!
61. One in every 4 Americans has appeared on television!
62. The average American/Canadian will eat about 11.9 pounds of cereal per year!
63. It’s against the law to burp, or sneeze in a certain church in Omaha, Nebraska!
64. You’re born with 300 bones, but when you get to be an adult, you only have 206!
65. Human thigh bones are stronger than concrete!
66. Over 10,000 birds a year die from smashing into windows!
67. The state of Florida is bigger than England!
68. There are more than one million animal species on Earth!
69. In Natoma, Kansas, it’s illegal to throw knives at men wearing striped suits
70. It was once against the law to have a pet dog in a city in Iceland!
71. Your heart beats over 100,000 times a day!
72. Thomas Edison, lightbulb inventor, was afraid of the dark!
73. During your lifetime, you’ll eat about 60,000 pounds of food, that’s the weight of about 6 elephants!
74. Some ribbon worms will eat themselves if they can’t find any food!
75. Dolphins sleep with one eye open!
76. The world’s oldest piece of chewing gum is over 9000 years old!
77. There are more plastic flamingos in the U.S, than real ones!
78. About 3000 years ago, most Egyptians died by the time they were 30!
79. More people use blue toothbrushes, than red ones!
80. A sneeze travels out your mouth at over 100 m.p.h.!
81. Your ribs move about 5 million times a year, every time you breathe!
82. In the White House, there are 13,092 knives, forks and spoons!
83. Slugs have 4 noses!
84. Recycling one glass jar, saves enough energy to watch T.V for 3 hours!
85. Lightning strikes about 6,000 times per minute on this planet!
86. Owls are one of the only birds who can see the color blue!
87. The average American/Canadian drinks about 600 sodas a year!
88. It was once against the law to slam your car door in a city in Switzerland!
89. There wasn’t a single pony in the Pony Express, just horses!
90. Honeybees have a type of hair on their eyes!
91. There are over 58 million dogs in the U.S!
92. Dogs and cats consume over $11 billion worth of pet food a year!
93. Fingernails grow nearly 4 times faster than toenails!
94. Humans blink over 10,000,000 times a year!
95. In the year 2000, Pope John Paul II was named an “Honorary Harlem Globetrotter.”
96. Every second, Americans collectively eat one hundred pounds of chocolate
97. A fetus develops fingerprints at eighteen weeks!
98. There are approximately fifty Bibles sold each minute across the world!
99. Every year, kids in North America spend close to half a billion dollars on chewing gum!
100. An earthquake on Dec. 16, 1811 caused parts of the Mississippi River to flow backwards!
101. A person uses approximately fifty-seven sheets of toilet paper each day!
102. Honolulu is the only place in the United States that has a royal palace!
103. One gallon of used motor oil can ruin approximately one million gallons of fresh water!
104. More money is spent on gardening than on any other hobby!
105. In 32 years there are about 1 billion seconds!
106. Rice paper does not have any rice in it!
107. Baby robins eat 14 feet of earthworms every day!
108. In England, in the 1880′s, “Pants” was considered a dirty word!
109. Most dust particles in your house are made from dead skin!
110. The average person laughs 13 times a day!
111. Men are 6 times more likely to be struck by lightning than women!
112. It is estimated that millions of trees in the world are accidentally planted by squirrels who bury nuts and then forget where they hid them!
113. Ernest Vincent Wright wrote a novel, “Gadsby”, which contains over 50,000 words — none of them with the letter E!
114. Of all the words in the English language, the word set has the most definitions!
115. A toothpick is the object most often choked on by Americans!
116. Every 45 seconds, a house catches on fire in the United States!
117. Nose prints are used to identify dogs, just like humans use fingerprints!
118. The most used letter in the English alphabet is ‘E’, and ‘Q’ is the least used!
119. There are more than 50,000 earthquakes throughout the world every year!
120. The original name for the butterfly was ‘flutterby’!
121. Dogs and cats, like humans, are either right or left handed… or is that paws?!
122. The opposite sides of a dice cube always add up to seven
123. Bulls are colorblind, therefore will usually charge at a matador’s waving cape no matter what color it is — be it red or neon yellow!
124. Apples are more efficient than caffeine in keeping people awake in the mornings!
125. Smelling bananas and/or green apples (smelling, not eating) can help you lose weight!
126. A hard working adult sweats up to 4 gallons per day. Most of the sweat evaporates before a person realizes it’s there, though!
127. The average ice berg weighs 20,000,000 tons!
128. The poison-arrow frog has enough poison to kill about 2,200 people!
129. A lump of pure gold the size of a matchbox can be flattened into a sheet the size of a tennis court!
130. After eating, a housefly regurgitates its food and then eats it again!
131. In Texas, it’s against the law for anyone to have a pair of pliers in his or her possession.
132. In Philadelphia, you can’t put pretzels in bags based on an Act of 1760.
133. Alaska law says that you can’t look at a moose from an airplane.
134. In Corpus Christie, Texas, it is illegal to raise alligators in your home.
135. In Miami, it is forbidden to imitate an animal.
136. It is against the law to mispronounce the name of the State of Arkansas in that State.
137. In Illinois, the law is that a car must be driven with the steering wheel.
138. California law prohibits a woman from driving a car while dressed in a housecoat.
139. In Memphis, Tennessee, a woman is not to drive a car unless a man warns approaching motorists or pedestrians by walking in front of the car that is being driven.
140. In Tennessee, it is against the law to drive a car while sleeping.
141. In New York, it is against the law for a blind person to drive an automobile.
142. In West Virginia, only babies can ride in a baby carriage.
143. In Georgia, it is against the law to slap a man on the back or front.
144. A barber is not to advertise prices in the State of Georgia.
145. In Louisiana, a bill was introduced years ago in the State House of Representatives that fixed a ceiling on haircuts for bald men of 25 cents.
146. In Oklahoma, no baseball team can hit the ball over the fence or out of a ballpark.
147. In Rochester, Michigan, the law is that anyone bathing in public must have the bathing suit inspected by a police officer !
148. In Kentucky, it’s the law that a person must take a bath once a year.
149. In Utah, birds have the right of way on any public highway.
150. In Ohio, one must have a license to keep a bear.
151. In Tennessee, a law exists which prohibits the sale of bologna (sandwich meat) on Sunday.
152. In Virginia, the Code of 1930 has a statute which prohibits corrupt practices or bribery by any person other than political candidates.
153. In Providence, Rhode Island, it is against the law to jump off a bridge.
154. In the State of Kansas, you’re not allowed to drive a buffalo through a street.
155. In Florida, it is against the law to put livestock on a school bus.
156. In New Jersey, cabbage can’t be sold on Sunday.
157. In Galveston, Texas, it is illegal to have a camel run loose in the street!
158. In North Carolina, it is against the law for dogs and cats to fight.
159. In Singapore, it is illegal to chew gum.
160. In Cleveland, Ohio, it is unlawful to leave chewing gum in public places.
161. In Virginia, chickens cannot lay eggs before 8:00 a.m., and must be done before 4:00 p.m.
162. In New York, it is against the law for children to pick up or collect cigarette and cigar butts.
163. In Massachusetts, it is against the law to put tomatoes in clam chowder.
164. In Washington State, you can’t carry a concealed weapon that is over 6 feet in length.
165. In San Francisco, there is an ordinance, which bans the picking up and throwing of used confetti.
166. In Kentucky, it is illegal for a merchant to force a person into his place of business for the purpose of making a sale.
167. It is against the law in Connecticut for a man to write love letters to a girl whose mother or father has forbidden the relationship.
168. In Michigan, married couples must live together or be imprisoned.
169. In the state of Colorado, a pet cat, if loose, must have a tail-light.
170. In Phoenix, Arizona, you can’t walk through a hotel lobby with spurs on.
171. In California, a law created in 1925 makes it illegal to wiggle while dancing.
172. In Utah, daylight must be visible between dancing couples.
173. In Michigan, it is against the law for a lady to lift her skirt more than 6 inches while walking through a mud puddle.
174. In North Carolina, it is against the law for a rabbit to race down the street.
175. In Georgia, it’s against the law to spread a false rumor.
176. In West Virginia, one can’t cook sauerkraut or cabbage due to the odors and the offence is subject to imprisonment.
177. In Missouri, a man must have a permit to shave.
178. The law states that more than 3000 sheep cannot be herded down Hollywood Blvd. at any one time.
179. In Texas, it is still a “hanging offense” to steal cattle.
180. Each weekend, about 54 million Americans mow their lawns, using 800 million gallons of gas per year.
The Life Triumphant is that which places what a man gives to the world in creative expression far ahead of that which he takes from it of the creation of others.
~ Walter Russell ~
I wonder if you have ever heard of Walter Russell? Yes I know you have heard of Harry Potter. But no, the two are in no way connected.
Walter Russell, to me, is about the most enigmatic genius I have ever come across. He is one of my all time favorite persons who lived an ENLIGHTENED LIFE! He was truly an ENLIGHTENED WARRIOR, in every sense of the word.
On the other hand, his more ‘famous’ nemesis Harry Potter, is but a fictitious, hocus-pocus wand waving, non-existent googly-eyed character; albeit a cute one!
I have nothing against Harry Potter, but then again, what did Harry Potter ever do to make this real world a better place?
On the other-hand, Walter Russell was a multi-faceted 20th century self-taught genius.
Walter Russell was a self-taught philosopher, musician, painter, sculptor, skater, artist, scientist, horseman, writer and lecturer, amongst other things.
I find it a little sad that our culture seems to celebrate ‘The Cubicle Man’ more than ‘The Renaissance Man’.
If only you’d get to know this remarkable one-of-a-kind genius a little more, I trust you will begin to enjoy Walter Russell’s perspective on genius as much as I have over the years that I got acquainted with him.
To help you live an ENLIGHTENED LIFE and be a truly ENLIGHTENED WARRIOR, allow me to share 12 Enlightening Rules as professed by this self-bestowed genius.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 1
CONSUMMATE GENIUS IS WITHIN YOU!
‘Mediocrity is self-inflicted. Genius is self-bestowed.’
~ Walter Russell ~
Walter believed that every man has consummate genius within him. Some appear to have it more than others only because they are aware of it more than others are, and the awareness or unawareness of it is what makes each one of them into masters or holds them down to mediocrity. He believed that mediocrity is self-inflicted and that genius is self-bestowed.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. If indeed mediocrity is self-inflicted and genius is self-bestowed. I am wondering then, which one are you choosing for your life?
ii. How can you become more aware of the genius that resides within you?
iii. What mediocrities have you self-inflicted upon yourself?
iv. What is your plan to express the hidden genius within you?
I say to you:
Claim your birthright. Connect with the Genius within you!
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 2
THREE QUALITIES OF THE GENIUS
‘Great men’s lives begin at forty, where the mediocre man’s life ends. The genius remains an ever-flowing fountain of creative achievement until the very last breath he draws.’
~ Walter Russell ~
Every successful man or great genius has three particular qualities in common.
i. The most conspicuous of these is that they all produce a prodigious amount of work.
ii. The second is that they never know fatigue.
iii. And the third is that their minds grow more brilliant as they grow older, instead of less brilliant.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. What tireless Life-Work are you dedicating your life to? Are you breaking new grounds and entering new arenas as you move along?
ii. How much time do you spend indulging in this calling of yours on a daily basis? Do you find yourself spending more time at it, and yet feel more energized by it?
iii. Are you finding yourself becoming an authority at your Life-Work with the passage of time? Are you being acknowledged and constantly consulted on it?
I say to you:
Choose your Calling, and dedicate your entire life to it!
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 3
FOCUSED INTENTION
‘The thinking of creative and successful men is never exerted in any direction other than that intended. That is why great men produce such a prodigious amount of work, seemingly without effort and without fatigue. The amount of work such men leave to posterity is amazing.’
~ Walter Russell ~
“Concentrate all your thoughts on the task at hand. The sun’s rays do not burn until brought to a focus.” – Alexander Graham Bell
“Things which matter most must never be at the mercy of things that matter least.” – Johann Wolfgang von Goethe
What about you? Where are you consciously focusing all your energy? What are the kinds of thoughts that you entertain all day long? What are the things that your mind dwells and feeds on throughout the day? What are your dominant thoughts every single day?
Remember, Emerson did tell us, “Whatever you give energy to, will grow.”
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. Are you consistently focused on the things that you DO want in your life, or upon the things that you DO NOT want in your life?
ii. Are you focused on that which matters most to you, or are you dissipating your precious energy upon the things which matter least?
iii. Is your choice of calling going to make this world a better place in anyway?
I say to you:
Become Aware. Get Focused.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 4
ABSOLUTE TRUST IN UNIVERSAL INTELLIGENCE
‘I have absolute faith that anything can come to one who trusts the unlimited help of the Universal Intelligence that is within, so long as one works within the law, always gives more to others than they expect, and does it cheerfully and courteously.’
~ Walter Russell ~
What is your level of trust on the workings of the Universe? The Universe functions in an orderly fashion. Whatsoever you ask, the Universe must provide in like manner.
However, you must know HOW TO ASK and you must know HOW TO RECEIVE.
You must ask with absolute Faith that the Universe can and will provide. And you must receive with absolute Gratitude so more will flow effortlessly into your life.
Know that the rewards in life are in direct proportion to the Faith that you have in the Universe to deliver and the Gratitude in accepting them.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. Are you living your highest Truth – the truth that the Universe ALWAYS reciprocates in like kind!’
ii. What is your level of Believe, Faith and Trust in the Universe to deliver?
iii. Are living in Gratitude for all that you have or are you focused on what you currently lack in your life?
I say to you:
Unto your faith shall you receive! Unto your Gratitude will it continue to flow!
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 5
CONNECT WITH YOUR UNIVERSAL SELF
“You have to gather your energy together in the same manner, conserving it and insulating it from dissipation in every direction other than that of your purpose.”
~ Walter Russell ~
Never let the thought of failure enter your mind. The knowledge of your unity with the Universe and the fact that you must do this thing, and the inspired belief you should do it as a demonstration of your belief in man’s unlimited power, will make you ignore the difficulties that lay in the way.
Walter Russell was a painter who had never touched clay until he was 56 when, for various reasons, he found himself in a position where he needed to sculpt a bust of Thomas Edison.
He describes his drive from New York to Florida where he did his work:
“I spent the entire time absorbed in inspirational meditation with the Universal Source of all inspiration, in order to fully realize the omnipotence of the Self within me as a preparation for doing in a masterly way what I would otherwise be unable to do…
If I had followed the usual procedure of the superficially-minded man and played bridge all the way down to Florida, or otherwise enslaved my mind by sidetracking it from its creative purpose… I would have failed. In fact, I knew in advance, from long experience in trying to achieve the unachievable, that meditation and communion between my Self and the Universal Self was the only way to achieve that impossibility.”
The resulting sculpture was stunning—one of the greatest achievements of his career.
He took inspiration from his belief that he should do great work as a DEMONSTRATION of his belief in man’s unlimited power.
This is totally resonant with the Wallace Wattles adage in the all time classic, The Science of Getting Rich: ‘The world needs demonstration more than it needs instruction.’
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. In all that you do on a daily basis, are you acting as if you could not fail?
ii. If you knew you could never fail, what (else) would you try, attempt, do that you do not now do?
iii. Do you have a special ritual to get into optimum state for the Life-Work that you are engaged in on a daily basis?
iv. Do you have a specific process to connect with your Higher Self for resources and inspiration in the pursuit of your Life-Work?
I say to you:
The world needs demonstration more than it needs instruction!
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 6
THE INCH TO GREATNESS
“You can become a great creator or a little one as the intensity of your desire is little or great.”
~ Walter Russell
Early in life Walter found that to achieve greatness one had to go only one inch beyond mediocrity, but that one inch is so hard to go that only those who become aware of God in them can make the grade, for no one can achieve that one inch alone.
At room temperature water exists as a liquid. Upon boiling, as the temperature moves from 99 degree Celsius to 100 degree Celsius, water ceases being a liquid and becomes vapor, steam or gas. All it takes is but a 1 degree Celsius shift.
Water in its liquid state becomes solid as its temperature moves from 1 degree Celsius to 0 degree Celsius. Again, all it takes is but a 1 degree Celsius shift.
If you are alone long enough to get thoroughly acquainted with yourself, you will hear whisperings from the universal source of all consciousness which will inspire you and connect you with your 1 inch / 1 degree.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i.What is the 1 inch / 1 degree shift that could radically transform your life forever?
ii. How do you intend to take that 1 inch / 1 degree journey?
iii. Are you willing to do whatever it takes to make this 1 inch / 1 degree journey?
iv. What is your plan to connect with your 1 inch / 1 degree shift in consciousness?
I say to you:
Sometimes it is necessary to be silent, in order to hear more important things from within!
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 7
LOCK YOURSELF IN A ROOM
‘Lock yourself up in your room or go out in the woods where you can be alone. When you are alone the Universe talks to you in flashes of inspiration. You will find that you will suddenly know things which you never knew before. All knowledge exists in the God-Mind and is extended into this electrical universe of creative expression through desire. Knowledge is yours for the asking. You have but to plug into it.’
~ Walter Russell ~
Socrates gave us the key when he said: ‘A life that is not reflected upon is not worth living.’
Remember the poignant words of the great French Philosopher: ‘All of man’s problems arise due to his inability to sit quietly in a room all by himself!’
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. How often do you take time off to be by yourself?
ii. How often do you reflect on your life to see what’s working right and what’s not?
iii. When was the last time you blocked time to spend it all with yourself?
iv. Have you locked yourself up in a room lately?
I say to you:
The moment you lose yourself in the depth of silence, you will find your true self.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 8
LOVING WHAT YOU DO EQUALS TO MASTERY
‘When one trusts this inner Universal Power, it automatically draws forth the trust of the people one deals with.’
~ Walter Russell ~
Walter believed that every man should be master of anything he does and should do it in a masterly manner, with love, no matter what it is, whether physical work, menial or boring work, or inspirational work.
I will allow the great Kahlil Gibran to give his take on this:
“Work is love made visible. And if you cannot work with love but only with distaste, it is better that you should leave your work and sit at the gate of the temple and take alms of those who work with joy.
For if you bake bread with indifference, you bake bitter bread that feeds but half a man’s hunger. And if you grudge the crushing of grapes, your grudge distils a poison in the wine. And if you sing though as angels, and love not the singing, you muffle man’s ears to the voices of the day and the voices of the night.”
Better words have never been said.
All great works have been the accomplishment of those who turned their work into play. Henry Ford had this to say, “If you turn your work into play, you will never have to work another day of your life.”
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. How do you approach your work on a daily basis?
ii. What do you think of the significance and impact of your contribution through your work?
iii. Are you embarked upon something meaningful and significant every single day of your life?
iv. Is your work your Life-Work?
I say to you:
Detect, Connect and Life your life on Purpose!
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 9
FALL IN LOVE WHAT YOU MUST DO
“I believe that when the Self of man thus walks and talks with God he as gradually ascends to the great heights and desires of his ambitions as the tree ascends from its seed, for each is working with the law and, conversely, the law is working with each.”
~ Walter Russell ~
There should be no distasteful tasks in one’s life. If you just hate to do a thing, that hatred for it develops body-destructive toxins, and you become fatigued very soon. You must love anything you must do. Do it not only cheerfully, but also lovingly and the very best way you know how. That love of the work which you must do anyhow will vitalize your body and keep you from fatigue.
You must surely have heard it said, if a thing is worth doing, it is worth doing well. But that can only happen if you can bring love into what you do.
Every successful person had their breakthrough the moment they began to live these words, “A menial task which must be mine, that shall I glorify and make an art of it.”
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. How you can bring love into what you do?
ii. How can you find what you love and turn it into your Life Work?
iii. How can you fall in love with your work and turn it into your Life Work?
iv. If you do not love what you do, why do you do it?
I say to you:
If you must do something, you might as well love doing it.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 10
DEFEATS ARE STEPPING STONES TO SUCCESS
‘In his pleasures and in distasteful tasks alike, he carried out that principle of demanding Mastery of himself in all things.’
~ Walter Russell ~
Walter had his share of defeats, in plenty. He made and lost fortunes and saw his great plans topple through his own errors of judgment or through other cause. But he did not recognize these as defeats. He saw them as interesting experiences of his life. To him they were valuable stepping-stones to his success.
Defeat is a condition which one must accept in order to give it reality. Refuse to give it reality by accepting it.
In his philosophy, Walter wrote these words: “Defeat I shall not know. It shall not touch me. I will meet it with true thinking. Resisting it will be my strengthening. But if, perchance, the day will give to me the bitter cup, it will sweeten in the drinking.”
Failures not only play up these ‘defeats’, but keep replaying them over and over and over again in their Minds, hence; cutting themselves off from opportunities that might transform these experiences into future successes.
Winners understand the value of ‘defeats’ and they are willing to accelerate the process of ‘failing’ so they can learn what they need to learn.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. Are you seeing ‘defeats’ as Failures?
ii. Are you seeing ‘defeats’ as nothing more than Interesting Experiences along the journey to success?
iii. Are you seeing ‘defeats’ as valuable Stepping Stones to success?
I say to you:
Change your perception about ‘defeats’ and KNOW that your ‘defeats’ are nothing but pre-requisites and springboards to your future successes!
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 11
AN INNER JOYOUSNESS
‘The personal ego must be suppressed and replaced with the Universal Ego.’
~ Walter Russell ~
Joy and happiness are the indicators of balance in a human machine, just as a change in the familiar hum in a mechanism immediately indicates an abnormality to the practiced ear of the mechanic. An inner joyousness, amounting to ecstasy, is the normal condition of the genius mind. Any lack of that joyousness develops body-destroying toxins. That inner ecstasy of the mind is the secret fountain of perpetual youth and strength in any man. He who finds it finds omnipotence and omniscience.
Imagine a mechanic incredibly familiar with his machine. The machine has a familiar hum to it such that if that hum changes he knows immediately.
Now imagine you’re the mechanic and the machine.
The hum that you, in your properly functioning state exude, is a state of joy and happiness. In fact, according to Russell, you should be listening for an inner joyousness amounting to ECSTASY as the natural rhythm of your life.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. Are you sufficiently connected with your emotions that they are able to give you moment to moment feedback on whether you are in tune with the workings of the Divine / Universe?
ii. What hum are you listening for?
iii. What hum have you been hearing?
iv. What are you going to do daily to become consciously aware of your emotions?
I say to you:
Get connected with you emotions so you may hear the hum of Joy, Love, Appreciation, Enthusiasm and Ecstasy.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE RULE 12
THE LIFE TRIUMPHANT
‘Ask and you shall receive. You must, yourself, do the asking.’
~ Walter Russell ~
The Life Triumphant is that which places what a man gives to the world in creative expression far ahead of that which he takes from it of the creation of others. And it should be every man’s greatest ambition to be that kind of man. With that desire in the heart of every man there could be no greed or selfish unbalance, nor could there be exploitation of other men, or hatred, or wars, or fear of wars.
“This is the manner of noble souls: they do not want to have anything for nothing; least of all, life. Whoever is of the mob wants to live for nothing; we others, however, to whom life gave itself, we always think about what we might best give in return.” ~ Nietzsche ~
Imagine how different your life would be if you could walk through every experience of your life with the intention to always give more than you receive.
We all know that it is in the giving that we receive, and yet we all want to be the Receiver and not the Giver.
When you become the Receiver, you are crying out to the Universe, professing that you are in lack and limitation. When you dwell upon such thoughts of self-pity, more lack and limitation will flow to you from the Universe.
When you become the Giver, you are boldly shouting out to the Universe that you have, and that is why you are able to give. Hence, more shall be given to you so that you might give even more.
ENLIGHTENED LIFE ACTION QUESTIONS
i. Are you a Giver (a King) or a Receiver (the Beggar)?
ii. What would your life be like if you lived life with the intention of always giving more through your Creative Acts than what you received from the creation of others?
iii. How would your creative contributions show up in your Personal and Professional Life?
iv. If you become a Giver, how differently will you now operate at work, in your relationships, in your community and in your emotions?
I say to you:
Seek to always GIVE more in your Creative Acts than you receive in the creation from others.
Live an ENLIGHTENED LIFE
and be an ENLIGHTENED WARRIOR!
WALTER RUSSELL
The Man Who Tapped the Secrets of the Universe
Walter Russell (1871-1963) proved convincingly during his lifetime that genius is inherent in everyone. After leaving school at the age of 9, in order to earn money, he very successfully explored (amongst others) music, literature, architecture, painting, sculpture, natural sciences, new ways towards a healthy economy, philosophy and mysticism as well as figure skating, horse breeding and dressage.
Together with his wife Lao, he founded a private University for distance learning, the University of Science and Philosophy, in Swannanoa, Virgina. It still exists today and their Home Study Course in Cosmic Consciousness has helped countless people to unfold their consciousness.
For a copy of Walter Russell’s Life Work
WALTER RUSSELL The Man Who Tapped the Secrets of the Universe (it is out of print), please leave a comment at the bottom of this article or call me at 016-2019 727 /
E-mail me at dev@selfmastery.com.my
“All you man ever think of is your bloody balls!” screamed my friend’s girlfriend when she overheard us planning to watch the World Cup together.
“There must be more to life than balls,” she continued.
My friend was quick to cut her off, “Tell me what might that be dear?”
I tried to give my 20 cents worth. “Jane, it is not just a ball that we are obsessed with, it is the whole package. We see the ‘ball’ as you see life in a pair of heels.”
“Ya, that’s right,” added my friend. “There is an exact science in each and every ball that has every graced a grass pitch.”
“Like what?” she rattles back.
“Well, for one, lets take the current World Cup. Every ball that has showed up at each World Cup event is a perfectly crafted work of Art coupled with the latest Scientific technology on the surface of this planet,” I explained.
She started laughing. “You mean the stupid ball is going to change the world and make it a better place?”
He was quick to defend, “My dear, years go into the development of each soccer ball. There is a precise science behind the development of each ball and costs millions of dollars in research.”
“Oh ya? Well they all look the same to me. They are still round and they are still kicked around by pea brained half naked men in shorts all over a field. Doesn’t look like very much has changed,” she was rolling all over the floor in hysterical laughter by now.
We just stood staring at her antics not the least bit amused.
We figured she needed some ‘educating’ in the art of ‘ballsmanship’. So Greg, the walking soccer encyclopedia volunteered.
“Jane, allow me to help you appreciate the ball.”
Adidas JABULANI, the Official Match Ball for the 2010 FIFA World Cup South Africa.
The Adidas Jabulani is the official match ball for the 2010 FIFA World Cup. The ball was unveiled in Cape Town, South Africa on December 4, 2009. It was developed at Loughborough University, UK.
Jabulani – means ‘to celebrate’ in isiZulu or ‘rejoice’in Zulu.
GOLD FINAL Adidas Jo’bulani Match Ball
The Gold Final Match Ball for the 2010 FIFA World Cup South Africa.
Adidas TEAMGEIST, the Official Match Ball for the 2006 FIFA World Cup Germany.
Adidas Teamgeist looks really impressive. This match ball is designed in white, black and gold, the colors of German national soccer team and the FIFA World Cup trophy.
Adidas FEVERNOVA, the Official Match Ball for the 2002 FIFA World Cup Korea Japan.
Adidas created this new ball made up of thicker inner layers to increase the accuracy of the ball in flight.
The Adidas Fevernova is the first World Cup Match Ball since 1978 to part from the traditional Tango design introduced in 1978. It was made in Sialkot, Pakistan.
The colorful and revolutionary look and color usage is entirely based on Asian culture. The Fevernova featured a refined syntactic foam layer to give the ball superior performance characteristics and a three-layer, knitted chassis, allowing for a more precise and predictable flight path every time.
During the 2002 World Cup, the Fevernova ball was notoriously criticized for being too light, yet some spectacular goals were scored with it during the tournament. The ball was also blamed for a number of upsets that happened in the knockout stages.
Adidas TRICOLORE, the Official Match Ball for the 1998 FIFA World Cup France.
It was the first multi-colored ball to be used in the tournament’s final stage and was also the final World Cup ball to bear the classic Tango design, introduced in the 1978 tournament.
It sported the French red-white-blue tri-color. This was a complete departure from the old traditional black and white pattern.
Being the first official World Cup soccer ball that was in color, the TRICOLORE used underglass print technology with a thin layer of syntactic foam.
The design of blue triads decorated with cockerel motifs was adopted to represent the colors of the flag of France. Tricolore was also the first Adidas World Cup match ball manufactured outside of Europe since the 1970 Adidas Telstar. It was made in Morocco.
Adidas QUESTRA, the Official Match Ball for the 1994 FIFA World Cup USA.
Questra was the name given to a family of soccer balls originally produced by Adidas for major international events in the mid-1990s. The name was derived from an ancient word meaning ‘the quest for the stars.’
The first ball of the family was simply named the Questra and was originally designed to be the official match ball of the 1994 FIFA World Cup in the United States.
In the development process of the Questra, Adidas tried to create a lighter and more responsive ball. By manufacturing the new ball from five different materials and enveloping it in a layer of polystyrene foam, Adidas made the Questra more waterproof and allowed for greater acceleration when kicked.
Consequently, the ball became softer to touch and ball control was improved with higher velocity during play. This showed within a week of the World Cup in 1994, as players quickly adapted to the new ball and were able to score great goals by utilizing the lighter ball.
Adidas ETRVSCO, the Official Match Ball for the 1990 FIFA World Cup Italy.
The Etrusco Unico was a soccer ball made by Adidas in the early 1990s. It was the official match ball of the 1990 FIFA World Cup in Italy and the Euro 1992 in Sweden.
The name and intricate design took their inspiration from Italy’s ancient history and the fine art of the Etruscans. Three Etruscan lion heads decorate each of the 20 Tango triads.
This was a high-tech ball and was manufactured entirely from synthetic fibers. It was the first ball with an internal layer of black polyurethane foam
Its innermost layer consisted of textiles impregnated with latex, giving it form and resistance to tear. Next came a neoprene layer making the ball water-tight. While on the surface polyurethane layers were used for abrasion resistance and good rebound properties.
Adidas AZTECA, the Official Match Ball for the 1986 FIFA World Cup Mexico.
The FIFA World Cup Mexico, saw the introduction of the first polyurethane coated ball which was rain-resistant. It was the first fully synthetic FIFA World Cup match ball and had great qualities on hard and wet surfaces.
The elaborately decorated design was inspired by the hosting nation’s native Aztec architecture and murals.
The Azteca was hand-sewn with a synthetic material. The Tango offspring has twenty panels with ‘triad’ graphics that create 12 identical circles. The cover of the Azteca has an outer polyurethane coating, and three layers below the cover ensure that the ball is waterproof and perfectly round with a latex bladder for a consistent ball flight.
Adidas TANGO ESPANA, the Official Match Ball for the 1982 FIFA World Cup Spain.
Adidas introduced a new ball which had rubber inlaid over the seams to prevent water from seeping through. It had improved water resistant qualities through its rubberized seams making it the first ball with water-resistant qualities.
However, general wear from kicking meant the rubber began to wear after a short time. It was not very resistant and resulted in the ball having to be changed several times during some games.
This ball was the last genuine leather ball to be used in the world cup.
Adidas TANGO DURLAST, the Official Match Ball for the 1978 FIFA World Cup Argentina.
The ball design represented elegance, dynamism and passion.
It introduced a new design which would be used for the next twenty years: Twenty identical panels with ‘triads’ created the impression of 12 circles. It was the most expensive ball in history, at the time, with a £50 price tag.
Like its predecessors, the Adidas Tango Durlast was made of genuine leather and boasted the shiny waterproofing Durlast coating.
Adidas TELSTAR DURLAST, the Official Match Ball for the 1974 FIFA World Cup West Germany.
Telstar was a design of association football made by Adidas.
It was one of two official match balls of the 1970 FIFA World Cup in Mexico, along with Chile. The similar Telstar Durlast was the official ball of the 1974 FIFA World Cup held in West Germany.
It was painted with black and white panels so it was more visible on black-and-white television. The name Telstar (short for television star) came from telstar, one of the first communications satellites, which was roughly spherical and dotted with solar panels, somewhat similar in appearance to the football.
It was the first World Cup ball to use the truncated icosahedron or bucky ball for its design, consisting of 12 black pentagonal and 20 white hexagonal panels, which later became the regular design of a football. Older balls had consisted of groups of stripes, similar to the configuration of the modern volleyball.
Although made of leather, it still had relative water resistant qualities provided by its shiny durlast coating.
The Telstar is considered a design classic. Although most footballs in actual use today look different, depictions of footballs in drawings such as comic books and caricatures, as well as decorative imitations of footballs, are usually still made in the Telstar look, testifying to its enduring appeal. It was probably inspired by the inflatable balloons used by NASA for spacecraft landing on water (splashdown) in the 60s.
Adidas TELSTAR, the Official Match Ball for the 1970 FIFA World Cup Mexico.
The first ball with a black and white pattern used in the FIFA World Cup finals.
Adidas started to make soccer balls in 1963 but made the first official FIFA World Cup ball in 1970. The first ball used in the World Cup to use the Buckminster type of design. The first ball with 32 black and white panels, the TELSTAR was more visible on black and white televisions (1970 FIFA World Cup Mexico was the first to be broadcast live on television).
It was the first World Cup ball to use the truncated icosahedrons or bucky ball for its design, consisting of 12 black pentagonal and 20 white hexagonal panels, which later became the regular design of a football. Older balls had consisted of groups of stripes, similar to the configuration of the modern volleyball. Although made of leather; it still had relative water resistant qualities provided by its shiny durlast coating.
Girls are like apples on trees. The best ones are at the top of the trees. The boys don’t want to reach for the good ones because they are afraid of falling and getting hurt. Instead, they just get the rotten apples that are on the ground that aren’t as good, but easy.
So the apples at the top think there is something wrong with them, when, in reality, they are amazing. They just have to wait for the right boy to come along, the one who’s brave enough to climb all the way to the top of the tree.
~ Unknown ~
Dear Coach, I am in love with this gorgeous girl. I am unsure of what she thinks of me. How can I be sure if she thinks of me as just a friend, a good friend, a very good friend, best friend, best of the bestest friend or her special boy friend?
Hopefully, Danny
Danny, my guess is as good as yours. However, out of my personal experience, I should say ALL OF THE ABOVE, ALL AT THE SAME TIME. Hahahaha!
I wish you the best. Do let me know when you find out, I will be eternally grateful. I have been in search of the very same all my life long!
Lets see if my story helps you see some light at the end of the tunnel. As for me, after 7 years all I see is … more of the same tunnel! Hahhaah!!!!
A girl can wait for the right man to come along but in the mean time that still doesn’t mean she can’t have a wonderful time with all the wrong ones. ~ Cher ~
Girls’ relationship with guys is a bigger mystery than girls themselves. It’s not just about boyfriends, we’re talking about guy friends that gals have.
Danny, if you are wondering if this gal thinks of you as just a friend or could there possibly be something more? Have you ever been confused why the frequency of her calls increases as her monthly period comes closer? Or why she is forever unavailable during every special occasion like your Birthday, her Birthday, Valentines Days, New Year, Christmas, Friendship Day, every public holiday and Saturday nights?
Or maybe you are wondering why she always hangs around with the moron who isn’t fit to wear George Bush’s pink shoes? Here’s my story for you to diagnose, analyze, dissect, inspect and synthesize (hoping there is a learning point somewhere in the story, even though I have failed to find any).
Why does a man take it for granted that a girl who flirts with him wants him to kiss her, when, nine times out of ten, she only wants him to want to kiss her? ~ Helen Rowland ~
JUST A FRIEND
Well, you are like a show piece in her life. She will call you whenever she needs your help for something or another, or yet another favor from you. You are always a ‘darling’ each time you do ‘this one last favor that will safe my life’.
However, if you call her home, chances are 9 out of 10 times she might say, “Oh Dev, I can’t talk to you right now, I am rushing out the door right this moment. You got me at a wrong time, can you call me like in 2 days?”
Dev: “Where are you going Dianne?”
Dianne: “None of your business”, and bangs the phone. (mumbles…”Useless fellow….never leaves me alone… hmmph!”).
Girl Rates Boy: 49%
Most beautiful but dumb girls think they are smart and get away with it, because other people, on the whole, aren’t much smarter. ~ Louise Brooks ~
GOOD FRIEND
You are like a TV remote control. She needs you and she knows that and she uses you when she really needs you because you are readily available at her beck and call 24 hours a day.
Dev calls: “Hi Dianne “,
Dianne: “Hi Dev I am going out with my family. I will call you back. Bye”
(Dianne eventually calls back after two days)
Dianne: “What do you want Dev? Why did you call that day?”.
Dev: “Ummm…I..I thought..I.. “.
Dianne: “Oh ok. I got to go out now. Will call you later. Byeeee.”
Sure she will call back, when she needs you to photostat her lecture notes or needs some concert tickets, or pick up her Notebook from the shop, or take her dog for a walk, or send her sister to the airport, or send her party dress to the laundry, or collect her contact lenses; and the list extends beyond infinity!
Girl Rates Boy: 45%
Put your hand on a hot stove for a minute, and it seems like an hour. Sit with a pretty girl for an hour, and it seems like a minute. THAT’S relativity. ~ Albert Einstein ~
VERY GOOD FRIEND
Well you are like the pressure cooker safety value for her. She needs you when she wants to bring out her pain, anger or frustration about someone or something. Basically, she wants to talk to you and you are ‘special’ to her.
You have handled enough of her emotional crisis sessions to submit the findings for your thesis. Her issues with her ‘old-fashioned’ parents at home, with her ‘stupid’ boss at work, with her ‘ungrateful’ girl friends, her ‘idiotic’ neighbor, with her ‘ignorant’ night class lecturer, and don’t even get me started about all her ‘dumb’ ex-boyfriends, the ‘bodoh’ taxi divers, the ‘corrupt’ police officers, the ‘useless’ government department officers, the ‘lazy’ hotel staff, the ‘moron’ waitresses and….you must surely be getting my drift by now.
Dianne: “You know Dev, I am so worried. I just don’t know what to do. Please help me Dev. Dev, what should I do? Please tell me what to do.
Dev: “Are you OK Dianne? Why, what’s wrong Dianne?”
Dianne: “No, I am not OK. I lay in bed all night worried sick. Paul is not eating well. He’s not getting enough sleep and is not able to concentrate on his work. He has not shaved for 2 days now. I think he doesn’t like me anymore and yesterday I saw him with another girl”.
Dev: “Who is Paul?”
Dianne : “My boyfriend.”
Dev: “Oh! OK.” (…oh shit!!!)
Girl Rates Boy: 29%
There are three things men can do with women: love them, suffer for them, or turn them into literature.
~ Stephen Stills ~
BEST FRIEND
You are like her favorite Teh Tarik Mamak next to her office. She can’t live without you but don’t be mistaken, you are not her boyfriend. But you are allowed to take her little doggie around the park so that it (not you!) can have fun.
Dev…shopping. Dev…movie. Dev…Coffee Bean. Dev, you pay. I am having fun.
On one such outing at a romantic restaurant, where the lights were low and the prices were high; being now sure that I should go ahead and propose, I took the dare.
Dianne: “Dev, of course you are special. You know you are my best friend. But I thought we were just friends. Lets not spoil what we have here Dev. What we have is so special, almost sacred. We should remain ‘special friends’ Dev, forever!”
(Forever my foot! Forever your slave?)
Dianne: “Dev, Plus, I have a boy friend you know that. As my best friend, are you happy for me?”
(Happy? Happy my left toe up his #*&!!!)
Dev: “What? Oh… OK! Sure… of course… I am… I am… happy for you.”
(Dev drinks all night… and falls into a drain and breaks his left ankle).
Girl Rates Boy: 09%
The average woman would rather have beauty than brains, because the average man can see better than he can think. ~ Unknown ~
BEST OF THE BESTEST FRIEND
Ok now you know you are really ‘special’ – Special Personal Butler, that is!
You are dad-cum-driver-cum-brother-cum-baby sitter-cum-everything she can think of. In other words, you are the darling servant of the girl.
You taxi her everywhere. (…focus on the fact that you are the only one privileged do that)
You do all her odd jobs. (service is sacred)
You photostat her assignments. (…she will be grateful when she passes her exams)
You are allowed to take her doggie around. (…what an honor)
You may take her car to the car wash and the mechanic, all in the same day. (Wow! Unbelievable)
You can be the official photographer at all her family functions. (…see, she wants her family to know you exist)
You are the only one trusted enough to give her dog his weekly bath. (…yet another honor)
Even her mum trusts you to pay their house bills. (you lucky devil)
You can walk with her on the beach (as security). (what are you complaining?)
You can see the sun set with her (…because she wants to do everything fun) …and she drags you along, irrespective if its fun for you, regardless if you might have stuff of your own to do.
On the bright side, you feature in every arena of her life.
But…but…but… don’t be mistaken. She has a boyfriend who works for Mac and earns 5 times the salary you earn and has a posh 3-room flat in Mont Kiara; drives a sleek black CLK and has a black belt in Karate.
Dianne: “Hi Dev. I am getting engaged to Paul. Paul this is Dev, he is my bestest friend”.
(Not a word about my broken left ankle, much less any sympathy).
Dev: Hi Paul. (Hand shake. Paul breaks Dev’s wrist).
Dev is now heart broken and wrist broken…with a broken left ankle.
Girl Rates Boy: -39%
Some men know that a light touch of the tongue, running from a woman’s toes to her ears, lingering in the softest way possible in various places in between, given often enough and sincerely enough, would add immeasurably to world peace. ~ Marianne Williamson, “A Woman’s Worth” ~
BOY FRIEND
Uhhhh… No comments dude. You’re already gone! Quite frankly, way past gone!
For all Dev type guys? Make sure that you tell Dianne about Xena and about June… and about Cheryl too… even if they are only imaginary!!!
This should open Dianne’s eyes!!! She thinks she is the only girl in town…
Girl Rates Boy: don’t even ask!!!
Sure God created man before woman. But then you always make a rough draft before the final masterpiece.
~ Unknown ~
Kids could not and will not ever learn the REAL secrets to success in schools because schools cannot teach what schools do not know.
Schools teach how to memorize tons of (at most times) pointless data, and ‘vomit’ it all out during an exam. I call it the ‘muntah technology’! Ones’ grades depend on the quantity, minus the quality of the muntah!
Most teachers of this information have never stepped outside of a classroom and tested to see if it actually works.
As a matter of fact most teachers have tremendous fear of stepping out of the comfort confines of their classroom setting, where they act like ancient ‘feudal lords’ or ‘dictators’.
Schools teach, propagate and grade kids on theories, concepts and hypothetical text book situations that can only happen in a laboratory in a controlled environment, without any interference of reality.
Now, you and I know (except for teachers); that such a world only exits in fantasy story-books, Hollywood movies and in our dreams. In truth, such a world does not exist where the rest of us 6.8 billion live.
How outside of reality can one live? How detached from reality can one be? There seem no confines to the limits of ignorance and arrogance!
In my dealings with teachers, the hardest ideas to ‘sell’ to them are the very ones they enforce upon their students daily.
Teachers seem to have a Code that shouts out in capitals, “Do what I ask you to do, don’t do what I do!” How hypocritical? Is it a wonder then where kids pick these ideas from? Teachers are supposed to be the ultimate Role Models of kids. I fret the day I send my kids to these ‘regressive mental retards’ to undo all the ‘conditioning’ that I had done before they meet with these ‘self-professed enlightened GURUS’.
Now, don’t get me wrong, I have nothing against teachers. I have great respect for certain teachers. I will write about them soon and pay my tribute. I am a teacher myself.
As a Professional Mind Coach, over the last 18 years I have had the great privilege to work with youth and teachers. I have seen much ‘damage’ done by these teachers, that these kids have to come to us for ‘re-conditioning’. Some kids will take a life time undoing what these teachers have done.
However, I must say again that not all teachers are damaging. But today, my article is about such teachers. In my next article I shall write about those that impacted my life for good.
Lets now look at what Bill Gates says about schools. I mean, he must surely know what he is talking about. Looking at his success, I would take his word any day of the week over that of any teacher! You get my drift?
BILL GATES 11 RULES
Rule 1: Bill Gates
Life is not fair – get used to it!
Rule 1: Dev
The real world is never fair. You have to find your niche and create the ‘unfair advantage’ and win.
In the real world he who provides the most value for his service or product will win. The market, your bosses, your subordinates and your customers will all not play fair, nor treat you fairly. You will have to fight to win or get used to the fact that we live in an unfair world.
By the way, who ever told you life is fair? Could it by any chance be your teacher??? Hehehehe!!!
Rule 2: Bill Gates
The world doesn’t care about your self-esteem. The world will expect you to accomplish something BEFORE you feel good about yourself.
Rule 2: Dev
In the real world you have to find your own motivation and learn to feel good about yourself even if the whole world sees nothing in you.
You cannot wait until you feel good, until you feel the time is right and every condition is perfect before you start to make something of your life.
In the real world you have to use what you have, where you are, with what you know to make life work and be a success in spite of all the odds. By the way, all these while the world will be holding a totally opposite view of you, till you prove yourself otherwise.
You have to make it work first, before you have time to feel good about yourself.
My school teacher used to say all the time, “One day when you feel good, then you will begin to do well.” Well, I am still waiting for that day, and I am already 98!
Rule 3: Bill Gates
You will NOT make $60,000 a year right out of high school. You won’t be a vice-president with a car phone until you earn both.
Rule 3: Dev
In the real world I found you have to be a success first before all those goodies will come into your life.
The qualifications to be a success are, finding your passion, having a Big Goal, installing the goal, removing the mental blocks, building a team, having persistence, coping with failure, handling success, coaching training and managing people, the power to negotiate, influence and persuade people, having a balanced life, motivating and inspiring others and yourself.
Only then will success come your way. How ironic, none of the steps have anything to do with doing well in school.
By the way, I must have been absent when my teacher was teaching all of the above. Seems like I must have been absent a lot from school, because I don’t remember my teacher teaching any of those subjects!
My teacher promised me all I needed to do was to do well at school, and vola…all the companies would line up outside my door begging me to be their CEO with a starting salary of RM100,000 a month, with a chauffeur driven car, 2 maids, a gardener and a corner office.
Come to think of it, she was absolutely right. It happened to me once in my dream; the day after my hang over! And, oddly enough, my driver looked exactly like her!!!
Rule 4: Bill Gates
If you think your teacher is tough, wait till you get a boss.
Rule 4: Dev
In the real world its either a dog-eat-dog world or it’s the rat-race. Either way, its tough.
No one guides you, corrects you, forgives you for your mistakes, at times there is no second chance, no one cares that you are down and out, you have to compete on an uneven playing field, learn along the way, make the mistakes, fall down, pick yourself up again and re-enter the race, hopefully to win one day. And when you do win, there might be no one at the finish line to cheer you.
Yes, life is much tougher than your teacher, much tougher than your school. But then, it’s in this tough world that boys become men, failures mould themselves into success. It’s the battle ground, it’s the purification of the fire. It’s where when you succeed, you know you have earned the right for the recognition and the world will reward you handsomely.
And most of all, its worth the trials and tribulations because the rewards are for real. Unlike those that the paper I received at the end of my education promised me. It was only the start of the real world, for which my school ill prepared me, with illusionary promises of what the paper could do.
Yes my teacher was tough, or at least looked tough whenever she carried the cane in her hand. Yes she was even tougher still when she threatened to call my father when I asked her if she was smarter then me how is it that I drove a Honda to school which I bought with my part time job and she drove a run-down Kancil to school?
Rule 5: Bill Gates
Flipping burgers is not beneath your dignity. Your Grandparents had a different word for burger flipping: they called it opportunity.
Rule 5: Dev
I was told that opportunity is success dressed in work clothes. I agree.
My teacher told me to just focus on my exams and that I will receive a paper with her signature on it and with it will come everything I could ever dream of. It was to be my ATM card to happiness, health, wealth and success.
Well, I did take her on. When I showed it to my first employer, he told me to fill up 17 forms, come back again for 23 interviews, wear black socks, wait in line with the other 29 hopefuls and not call them, that they would call me. After 73 years, I am still waiting for their call. My teacher promised me they would call.
I tried using the paper with my teacher’s signature at the bank and I am now awaiting trial for trying to pass off the paper as collateral for the RM2 million I borrowed from the bank. The courts told me it was not worth the ink on it! I am going to tell my teacher about it and she is going to be very angry with the judge. I can almost see what’s coming to him!
I showed the paper with my teacher’s signature and promised this beautiful girl a world of lavishness, grandeur and wealth. Seven years on, we now have 9 kids, 7 cats, 4 cows and 3 very skinny dogs and we live in a rented room with no water and electricity and her lawyers just sent me the divorce papers. Somehow she did not buy my ‘magic paper’ story, which my teacher was so fond of telling me at school.